Environmental Combustion and Control. Stryker CVAHU System Engineering Guide. August

Transcription

1 Environmental Combustion and Control Stryker CVAHU System Engineering Guide August

2

3 References Sr. No. Document Form No. 1 Stryker Lon Configurable VAV/CVAHU Controllers Installation Instructions Relay Wiring for Stryker CVAHU Configurable Controllers Installation Instructions Stryker CVAHU Zio CUL6438SR-CV1 Configuration Guide Stryker Lon Configurable Controllers Specification Data Zio /Zio Plus LCD Wall Modules: TR70, TR71 and TR75 models with Sylk bus Installation Instructions Zio /Zio Plus LCD Wall Modules: TR70, TR71, TR75 with Sylk Bus Specification Data Zio /Zio Plus LCD Wall Modules: TR70, TR71, TR75 with Sylk Bus Specification Data TR21, TR22, TR23, and TR24 Wall Modules Specification Data ES-06 9 TR21, TR22, TR23, and TR24 Wall Modules Installation Instructions Sensor Selection Guide PR 11 LONWORKS Bus Wiring Guidelines TR21, TR22, TR23, and TR24 Wall Modules Specification Data ES

4 Table of Contents INTRODUCTION... 8 Overview of Stryker CVAHU Controller... 8 Control Applications... 8 Control Provided... 9 Features Approval Bodies Abbreviations Typical Stryker CVAHU System Architecture Overview APPLICATION STEPS Plan the System Hardware Design Place the order List of Accessories Installation and Wiring Configuration and Testing of the CVAHU controller HARDWARE CVAHU Controller (CUL6438SR-CV1) Specifications Status Information Mounting Power Wiring Typical CVAHU Controller Application Wiring Details ma Sensor Wiring Zio (TR71/TR75) Sylk Bus Specifications Mounting Wiring Attaching the Wall Module to the Sub-base Removing the Wall Module from Sub-base Power Up TR21/TR Mounting Wiring Attaching the Cover Cover Disassembly SOFTWARE Introduction CVAHU Configuration Requirement With WEBStation-N4 Software Tool Through TR75 Module CVAHU Input and Output Configuration Outputs CVAHU Inputs Sequence of Operation Main Sensor

5 Wall Modules Conventional Wall Module TR71/75 Wall Module Effective Occupancy Mode Determination Occupancy Schedule Net Manual Occupancy Manual Override Determination Effective Occupancy Determination Occupancy Sensor Operation Temperature Setpoint Determination Zone Network Setpoints Effective occupancy current state Schedule next state Wall Module Setpoint Heat and Cool ramp rates Adaptive Intelligent Recovery Algorithm Heating and Cooling Ramp Rates Demand Limit Control Setpoint Shift Effective Temperature Mode Determination HVAC Mode Command Mode System Switch Effective Temperature Mode Supply Fan Control Fan Failure and Fan Failure Behavior Heating and Cooling Operations Heating and Cooling Types Heating and Cooling Mechanism Discharge Air Temperature High Limit Control Dehumidification Simple Dehumidification Dehumidification when Staged Heating/Cooling is Configured Dehumidification when Staged Cooling and Modulating Reheat Dehumidification when Cascade Cooling and Cascade Reheat configuration Cooling Cycle Minimum ON Time Economizer Operation Smoke Control Operations Emergency Command Operations Economizer Control Economizer Operation Mixed Air Control Low Limit Temperature Override Control Freeze Stat Operation Freeze Protection Mode Frost Alarm Accessory Loops Accessory Loop Operation System Alarms Network Variables Network Configurable Inputs (NCI) Network Variable Input (NVI) Network Variable Output (NVO) APPENDIX

6 C7400S Enthalpy Sylk Bus Sensor Specifications Features Sylk Bus Sensor Wiring LON Introduction Structure Data flow/communication PID PID Tuning SCHEDULE Inputs Outputs Configuring Schedules

7 List of Tables Table 1: Approval Bodies Table 2: Accessories List Table 3: Universal Input Circuit Specifications Table 4: LED States Table 5: Power budget calculation example Table 6: VA ratings for transformer sizing Table 7: Honeywell transformers that meet NEMA standatd DC Table 8: Description of CUL6438SR-CV1 wiring terminal connections Table 9: Recommended maximum distance from controller to any Sylk device Table 10: TR21-TR24 Wall Module features Table 11: DIP Switch Settings and Terminal Connections Table 12: Outputs Table 13: Heat Pump Details Table 14: Inputs Table 15: Multi Space Temperature Table 16: Custom Sensors Table 17: WM Override State Table 18: LED States for Effective Override State/WM Override Table 19: Manual Override Determination Table 20: Effective Occupancy Determination Table 21: Schedule Next State - Example Table 22: Heating Ramp Rates Table 23: Cooling Ramp Rates Table 24: Mode Determination Table 25: Effective Temperature Mode Determination Table 26: Available States of Auto Change over Table 27: PID Control Settings Table 28: Cascade Control System - Configuration Parameters Table 29: Heating PID Auto Select Gain Table 30: Cooling PID Auto Select Gain Table 31: Modulating Output (Analog) Control Table 32: Modulating Output (Floating) Control Table 33: Staged Heating/Cooling Configuration Options Table 34: Heat Pump Applications Configuration Options Table 35: Emergency Control parameters Table 36: Setpoint Alarms Table 37: CVAHU Network Configurable Inputs Table 38: CVAHU Network Variable Inputs Table 39: CVAHU Network Variable Outputs Table 40: Sylk Bus Sensor Wiring Terminations a Table 41: SYLK Bus Sensor DIP Switch Settings Table 42: PID parameters Calculations Table 43: PID parameters Calculations (With Tr)

8 List of Figures Figure 1: Typical CUL6438SR-CV1 control application... 8 Figure 2: Typical System Architecture Figure 3: CUL6438SR-CV1 Controller Figure 4: Panel mounting - controller dimensions in inches Figure 5: Controller DIN rail mounting Figure 6: NEMA Class 2 Transformer Voltage Output Limits Figure 7: Power-wiring details for one controller per transformer Figure 8: Transformer power wiring details for one controller used in UL 1995 equipment (U.S. only) Figure 9: Power-wiring details for two or more controllers per transformer Figure 10: Power Termination Modules (LONWORKS daisy chain connections) Figure 11: Controller terminal connections, NEURON service pin and LONWORKS bus jack Figure 12: Attaching two or more wires at terminal blocks Figure 13: Internal digital output circuitry Figure 14: Controller terminal connections, NEURON service pin and LONWORKS bus jack for CUL6438SR-CV Figure 15: Removing terminal blocks Figure 16: CVAHU Controller Application with Modulating Heating and Cooling Figure 17: Typical CVAHU Controller Application with Modulating Heating and Cooling Wiring Details Figure 18: Typical CVAHU Controller Application with Floating Heating and Cooling Figure 19: Typical CVAHU Controller Application with Floating Heating and Cooling Wiring Details Figure 20: Typical CVAHU Controller Application with Staged Heating and Cooling Figure 21: Typical CVAHU Controller Application with Staged Heating and Cooling Wiring Details Figure 22: Typical CVAHU Controller Application with Heat Pump Figure 23: Typical CVAHU Controller Application with Heat Pump Wiring Details Figure 24: Typical CVAHU Controller Application with Differential Enthalpy Figure 25: Typical CVAHU Controller Application with Differential Enthalpy Wiring Details Figure 26: Wiring of Two-wire 4-20 ma sensor to Stryker CVAHU Controller Figure 27: Zio Module Figure 28: LCD Wall module dimensions in inches (mm) Figure 29: Mounting on standard utility conduit box or 60 mm wall outlet box Figure 30: Sub-base mounting holes and locking tabs Figure 31: Terminal connections and Wall Module bus address dial (rear view of LCD wall module) Figure 32: Options for wiring multiple Zios Figure 33: Removing Wall module from Sub-base Figure 34: TR70 Series Wall module - LCD screen Figure 35: Wall Module LCD display at initial power up Figure 36: Wall Module Sub-base Dimensions in Inches (mm) and Temperature Limit Set Screw Locations (TR23) Figure 37: Wall module dimensions in inches (mm) Figure 38: Mounting on Standard Utility Conduit Box or 60 mm Wall Outlet Box (TR23 Shown) Figure 39: Attaching two wires (20 to 22 AWG) to Wall module terminals Figure 40: Wall Module Features (TR23-F Shown) Figure 41: Configuration via USB to LON Converter Figure 42: Configuration via WEBs controller using PC with WEBStation-N4 TM Figure 43: Net Manual Occupancy Figure 44: Manual Override Determination Figure 45: Effective Occupancy Determination Figure 46: Effective Occupancy State Calculation Figure 47: Temperature Setpoint Calculation Figure 48: Recovery Ramps Pattern Figure 49: Heating Ramp Rate Vs Outside Air Temperature Figure 50: Cooling Ramp Rate Vs Outside Air Temperature Figure 51: Command Mode

9 Figure 52: Effective Temperature Mode Figure 53 Cascade Discharge Heating Logical Representation Figure 54: Cascade Discharge Cooling Logical Representation Figure 55: Cycler Function Block Figure 56: Cycler Functionality Figure 57: Return/Space Air CO 2 Levels Figure 58: C7400 Enthalpy Sensor Figure 59: Stager Behavior Figure 60: Cycler Behavior Figure 61: C7400S Enthalpy Sylk Bus Sensor Figure 62: Sylk Bus sensor DIP switches Figure 63: Schedule function block

10 FILTER STRYKER CVAHU SYSTEM ENGINEERING GUIDE INTRODUCTION Overview of Stryker CVAHU Controller The Stryker CVAHU controller (CUL6438SR-CV1) supports Constant Volume Air Handling Unit, Heat Pump application, and their configurations. It is a LONMARK compliant device designed to control a wide range of constant air handling units and heat pump applications. It controls the space temperature in a given zone by regulating the heating and cooling equipment in the air handler that delivers air to that space. In addition to standard heating and cooling control, it provides advanced control options making it state-of-the-art commercial building control solution. This controller is capable of stand-alone operation. However, when it is implemented with network communication capabilities, optimum functional benefits are achieved.. OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE These controllers are configurable using the Niagara Framework software It utilizes Echelon LONWORKS network communication technology Note: Stryker CVAHU controller and CUL6438SR-CV1 are same terms used for the CVAHU controller described in this Engineering Guide. Control Applications The main objective of the Stryker CVAHU controller is to operate the heating and cooling equipments (or compressors if heat pump application is configured) in conjunction with a fan to maintain given space conditions to a comfortable level. COOLING COIL HEATING COIL SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE OUTSIDE AIR NC FAN - + ECONOMIZER M NO RETURN AIR TEMPERATURE DISCHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE ROOF CEILING RETURN AIR SUPPLY AIR WINDOW CONTACT TR71/75 OR ZONE TEMPERATURE TR23 OCCUPANCY SENSOR Figure 1: Typical CUL6438SR-CV1 control application

11 Control Provided Stryker CVAHU controller is designed to control the following elements for Constant Volume Air Handling Unit and Constant Volume Heat Pump applications: Economizer Stryker CVAHU controller provides nine economizer types to address the requirements of varied atmospheric conditions associated to different regions. The output of economizer damper can be configured as modulating (Analog/Floating Output signal type) or two position (Digital Output). Discharge air temperature or mixed air temperature is used to control the closing of economizer damper to maintain the low limit temperature to safe level. When economizers are controlled with space CO 2, it maintains proper ventilation of the designated areas. For details, refer to Economizer Operation section. Fan This controller controls a single speed fan. If the fan is configured with a Proof of Flow status and Fan Failure Behavior is configured to disable the system, then it acts as an interlock for heating/cooling and economizer. Fan alarm and its effect on control are available as configurable options. For details, refer to Supply Fan Control section. Heating/Cooling elements Based on the type of selected application, following heating/cooling types are available. 1. Constant Volume Air Handling Unit This unit supports both modulating and staged output types. Modulating Output Provides Analog/Floating Output signal types. If analog heating/cooling is configured, then space temperature is controlled via two strategies: a. By controlling Zone PID, and b. By cascade control. If dehumidification is required (for either of the Staged Cooling or Modulating Heating or Dehumidification), then Cooling Stages are operated to maintain the space humidity; and heating output is operated to maintain the space temperature during Cooling Mode. 2. Constant Volume Heat Pump This unit supports only staged output types. Four compressor stages with change over relay and four auxiliary heating stages are available. Change over relay can be configured for heating or cooling. If configured for heating: It will turn ON during heating requirement. If configured for cooling: It will turn ON during cooling requirement. If Stryker CVAHU controller is configured for dehumidification, then first compressor stage in Cooling Mode is used to dehumidify the supply air and first auxiliary heating stage is used as a reheat to maintain the space temperature to its setpoints. Also, Digital Output can be configured for dehumidification that turns ON based on the dehumidification requirements. For details, refer to Heating and Cooling Operations and Dehumidification sections. Space Air Temperature/Humidity Two wall module options are available to configure the space temperature and/or humidity. Conventional Wall Module If this module is selected, then space thermostat is wired to the physical inputs of the Stryker CVAHU controller. TR71/75 Wall Module It is a Sylk enabled module and communicates with Stryker CVAHU controller over Sylk bus. It helps in decreasing the physical input requirements, and these inputs can be utilized for other sensors. To maintain the space temperature, either return air temperature or space air temperature configured as a controlling element. For details, refer to Wall Modules section. Staged Output Provides up to four configurable stages. If Stryker CVAHU controller is configured for dehumidification, then cooling stages in Cooling Mode are used to dehumidify the supply air and heating stage is used as a reheat to maintain the space temperature to its setpoints. Also, Digital Output can be configured for dehumidification, which turns ON when dehumidification is required. Occupancy Internal CVAHU schedule, occupancy sensor and temporary occupancy override button on wall thermostat determines the occupancy mode of CVAHU system. Based on the occupancy mode, space temperature setpoints are maintained. For details, refer to Effective Occupancy Determination section

12 Accessory Loops Two accessory loops are provided to control additional equipments, such as, Exhaust fans. For details, refer to Accessory Loops section. Features CVAHU is a configurable controller offering a comprehensive list of generic and configuration specific features as follows: Generic Features Uses the Echelon LONWORKS network protocol. It is configured with CVAHU Configuration Wizard as well as can be configured using ZIO (TR75) module Free Topology Transceiver (FTT) with high-speed 78 kilobytes communications network. Capable of stand-alone operation, however can use LONWORKS Bus network communications for extended features set. Sylk bus with Sylk-enabled sensors for use. All wiring connections are made to removable terminal blocks to simplify controller installation and replacement. Controller housing is UL plenum rated. Approval Bodies Agency UL Table 1: Approval Bodies Description Tested and listed under UL916 (Standard for OpenEnergy Management Equipment) with plenum rating. cul Listed (File number - E87741) CSA FCC CE Listed (LR ) Meets FCC Part 15, Subpart B, Class B (radiated emissions) requirements Meets Canadian standard C108.8 (radiated emissions) Operation in a residential area can cause interference to radio or TV reception and require the operator to take steps necessary to correct the interference. Conforms to the following requirements as per European Consortium standards: EN ; 2001 (EU Immunity) EN ; 2001 (EU Emissions) Configuration Specific Features Controllers support CVAHU and heat pump applications. It supports nine different economizer strategies to cover varied atmospheric conditions. It supports multiple space temperature sensors (Up to five) for effective temperature value (Average, Minimum, Maximum, and Smart). For CVAHU applications, it provides heating and cooling in modulating or staged form. There are total four stages of cooling and four stages of heating. For Heat Pump, it provides up to four compressor stages for heating and cooling, and up to four auxiliary heating stages. Auxiliary heating stages are operated for additional heating and dehumidification operation. It provides two additional accessory loops that can be freely configured to operate any other equipment such as exhaust fan. Loops support analog, floating and staged output type

13 Abbreviations A C D E F H AHU: Air Handling Unit. The central fan system includes the blower, heating equipment, cooling equipment, ventilation air equipment, and other related equipment. CO 2 : Carbon Dioxide. Used as a measure of indoor air quality. cul: Underwriters Laboratories Canada. CVAHU: Constant Volume Air Handling Unit; refers to a type of air handler with a single-speed fan that provides a constant amount of supply air to the space it serves Conventional/Modulating application: This application has separate heating and cooling equipments. DDF: Delta Degrees Fahrenheit D/X: Direct Expansion; refers to a type of mechanical cooling where refrigerant is (expanded) to its cold state, within a heat-exchanging coil that is mounted in the air stream supplied to the conditioned space. Echelon: The Company that developed the LON bus and the Neuron chips used to communicate on the E- bus. Economizer: Mixed-air dampers that regulate the quantity of outdoor air that enters the building. In cool outdoor conditions, fresh air is used to supplement the mechanical cooling equipment. Since this action saves energy, the dampers are often referred to as economizer dampers. EMI: Electromagnetic Interference. Electrical noise that can cause problems with communications signals. EMS: Energy Management System; refers to the controllers and algorithms responsible for calculating optimum operational parameters for maximum energy savings in the building. EEPROM: Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory; the variable storage area for saving user setpoint values and factory calibration information Enthalpy: The energy content of air measured in BTUs per pound (Kilojoules per Kilogram). Firmware: Software stored in a nonvolatile memory medium such as an EPROM. Floating Control: Floating Control utilizes one digital output to pulse the actuator open, and another digital output to pulse it closed. FTT: Free Topology Transceiver Heat Pump application: This application has compressors with changeover relay for switching between heating-cooling and auxiliary heating stages. I K L N P T V W IAQ: Indoor Air Quality. It refers to the quality of the air in the conditioned space, as it relates to occupant health and comfort. I/O: Input/Output, the physical sensors and actuators connected to a controller. I * R: I times R or current times resistance; refers to Ohm s Law: V = I x R. K: Degrees Kelvin LONWORKS Bus: Echelons LONWORKS network for communication among CVAHU Controller NCI: Network Configurable Inputs NEC: National Electrical Code; the body of standards for safe field wiring practices NEMA: National Electrical Manufacturers Association; the standards developed by an organization of companies for safe field wiring practices NV: Network Variable; a Stryker CVAHU parameter that can be viewed or modified over the Lon/S-bus network NVI: Network Variable Inputs NVO: Network Variable Outputs PWM: Pulse Width Modulated output; allows analog modulating control of equipment using a digital output on the controller R RTD: Resistance Temperature Detector; refers to a type of temperature sensor whose resistance output changes according to the temperature change of the sensing element. TPT: Twisted Pair Transceiver VA: Volt Amperes; a measure of electrical power output or consumption as applied to an AC device VAC: Voltage alternating current; AC voltage rather than DC voltage VAV: Variable Air Volume; refers to either a type of air distribution system, or VAV Box Controller that controls a single zone in a variable air volume delivery system. WM: Wall Module

14 Typical Stryker CVAHU System Architecture Overview Stryker CVAHU controller is a WEBs-N4 product powered by the revolutionary Niagara Framework. Figure 2 shows typical system architecture to illustrate how Stryker CVAHU controller communicates over LONWORKS Bus network. In this system architecture, Stryker CVAHU controllers connected to the thermostats are interfacing with the web controller over LONWORKS bus communication network. These all components are part of a large framework (Niagara Framework ) which includes WEBStation-N4 Supervisor. USB ETHERNET Netgear Client PRINTER NiagaraAX Supervisor WORKSTATION CVAHU-3 CUL6438SR-CV1 WEBs, HONEYWELL ETHERNET Other LON devidces LONWORK BUS COMMUNICATION NETWORK-2 Termination Module LONWORK BUS COMMUNICATION NETWORK-1 Termination Module TR23 CVAHU-2 CUL6438SR-CV1 CVAHU-1 CUL6438SR-CV1 Other LON devidces SYLK BUS Termination Module TR75 TR23 Note: For demonstration of the communication network, CVAHU controllers are shown on the LON trunk of the Honeywell WEBs controller. As CVAHU controller is LONWORKS protocol compliant, any third party LON router can communicate with CVAHU controller. Figure 2: Typical System Architecture Major components shown in this architecture are: 1. Stryker CVAHU controllers: CVAHU-1, CVAHU-2, and CVAHU WEBs controller: WEBs, Honeywell 3. WEBStation-N4 TM Supervisor: Niagara N4 Supervisor WORKSTATION 4. Client PC: Client 5. Sylk-enabled thermostat: TR71/75 6. Conventional Wall thermostats: TR21/23 7. Networks: Ethernet, LONWORKS Bus Communication Network 1, and LONWORKS Bus Communication Network 2 As shown in Figure 2, CVAHU controllers communicate with Honeywell WEBs controller over a LONWORKS bus network. WEBs controller is an embedded controller designed to integrate a variety of devices and protocol into unified distributed system. CVAHU controller is a standalone controller and able to perform its designed operation without any network communication. If communicated over a LONWORKS network with a supervisory device like WEBs controller, energy efficient and optimal performance can be achieved using global or supervisory level programming. Additional operations can be performed

15 In this architecture, Honeywell s Niagara Supervisor (Workstation) is used. If a system is large and more than one supervisory controller is there in the system, then workstation is required to connect multiple WEBs controllers. The workstations provide services like central database storage, archive destination/repository for log and alarm data. As workstation generally has large memory capacity, it also acts as a central server for graphics and aggregated data (single IP address), and graphics for the systems included on the WEBs controller. Client PC is a personnel computer that accesses the WEBs controller station to perform operations like network configuration and adding devices on network, global programming, standalone programming, uploading, and downloading of a station. WEBs controller can be accessed through client using WEBStation-N4 software tool or through web browser. There are two ways to configure CVAHU controller: 1. Using WEBStation-N4 TM software tool In this tool, CVAHU Configuration Wizard application is specifically developed to configure the CVAHU controller. Using WEBStation-N4 TM software tool, the CVAHU controller can be added to LONWORKS bus network for configuring, downloading/uploading and performing other operations like creating database, monitoring, alarm, and history. 2. Using TR75 (ZIO) Sylk based Thermostat All the configurable parameters of CVAHU controller can be accessed by wiring TR75 to the CVAHU Sylk bus. TR75 is password protected so that only authorized person or contractor shall configure the CVAHU application. For details, refer to STRYKER CVAHU ZIO CUL6438SR- CV1, Configuration Guide

16 APPLICATION STEPS The application steps serve as planning considerations for engineering Stryker CVAHU system. These steps are guidelines for the product I/O options, bus arrangement choices, configuration options, and the Niagara Framework role in the overall Stryker CVAHU system architecture. Plan the System In this initial step, system hardware and software requirements are analyzed. Hardware requirements include DDC controller specifications and control sequence. It is important to ensure that the DDC controller specifications, network communication requirements, and control sequence are in accordance with the Stryker CVAHU controller. For verifying hardware requirements, refer to the Hardware section of this guide. Software requirements include various configurable applications, configuration details, and control sequence. For verifying software requirements, refer to the Software section of this guide. Hardware Design When the CVAHU controller specifications are satisfying all the requirements of the given application, the next step is to design the system. Designing the system includes selection of the sensors and actuators as per the system design, design of panel layout, network architecture, wiring diagram, power requirement (sizing transformers), and preparation of Bill of Material. For details on hardware design, refer to the Hardware section of this guide. While designing network architecture, refer to Wiring section for wiring details and its limitations. Place the order After completion of the Hardware Design, place the order for purchasing the material mentioned in the Bill of Material. List of Accessories Honeywell Stryker CVAHU controller is capable of standalone operation and can be ordered as an individual component. However, it supports different configurations depending upon the site-specific requirements. Table 2 shows the list of accessories that are selected to implement these configurations. These accessories are not mandatory however can be selected to perform their associated functions for the site in consideration. Accessories TR7X Wall Module TR2X Wall Module B Termination Module C7041B, C, D, P, R Air Temperature Sensor (indoor) C7041F Air Temperature Sensor (outdoor) C7400A Enthalpy Sensor C7262 CO2 Sensor Family H7625, H7635, and H7655 Humidity and Temperature Sensors P7640 Pressure Transducer Family Table 2: Accessories List Description If CVAHU wall module type is configured with TR71/75, this wall module is required. If CVAHU Wall module type is configured with Conventional Wall module, TR21/23 wall modules can be used. Termination module for LON FTT network Honeywell Series 2000 temperature sensors. Types include Duct, immersion, space, averaging. 20K NTC Outdoor Temperature Sensor, Operating range: -40 F to 158 F If Enthalpy Type is configured as Differential Enthalpy C7400 MA or Outdoor Enthalpy C7400 MA this sensor is required for Outdoor and return enthalpy measurement Wall Mount CO2 /Temp Sensor with display, 0/2 10 VDC or 0/4-20 ma output Duct and wall mounted humidity sensors. Universal differential pressure sensors Refer to the "Sensors Product Overview" guide, for additional accessories Note: Accessories shown in Table 2 vary as per the application requirement. For example, if CVAHU system has been selected without economizers, then enthalpy sensors or all other accessories related to economizers are not required

17 Installation and Wiring Install the CVAHU controller and wire its inputs and outputs to the system s sensors and actuators. Complete the wiring of the network architecture as per hardware design. Configuration and Testing of the CVAHU controller When installation and wiring of the CVAHU controller is completed and it is powered up, next step is to configure the CVAHU controller as per the control sequence. For details on configuring CVAHU controller via WEBStation- N4 software tool, refer to CVAHU Configuration Wizard guide. For details on configuring CVAHU controller via TR71/75 wall module, refer to the Stryker CVAHU Zio CUL6438SR-CV1 guide After completion of the configuration, the activities such as point-to-point testing, functional testing, PID tuning, trouble shooting are performed. If required, refer to Software section for more details on control sequence and configurable parameters. Also, refer to Software section for details of Network Variables

18 HARDWARE This section describes hardware details of the CVAHU controller, ZIO wall module and TR21/23 wall module. This information will help to design a system and select appropriate components as per requirement. It also provides guidelines and information useful during installation and commissioning of the system. Main topics covered are: Specifications and detailed description of the devices Mounting and fitting of the devices Power Budget (Transformer sizing) Wiring requirements and wiring details Figure 3: CUL6438SR-CV1 Controller

19 CVAHU Controller (CUL6438SR-CV1) Specifications Dimensions H/W/D: 5.45 x 6.85 x 2.26 in. (13.84 x x 5.74 cm) Electrical Rated Voltage: 20 VAC -30 VAC; 50/60 Hz Power Consumption 100 VA for controller and all connected loads Controller only Load: 5 VA maximum External Sensors Power Output 20 VDC ±10 75 ma maximum Environmental Operating & Storage Temperature Ambient Rating Minimum -40 F (-40 C); Maximum 150 F (65.5 C) Relative Humidity: 5 % to 95 % non-condensing Approval Bodies UL/cUL (E87741) listed under UL916 (Standard for Open Energy Management Equipment) with plenum rating. CSA (LR ) listed. Meets FCC Part 15, Subpart B, Class B (radiated emissions) requirements Meets Canadian standard C108.8 (radiated emissions) Conforms to the following requirements per European Consortium standards: o EN ; 2001 (EU Immunity) o EN ; 2001 (EU Emissions) Hardware CPU Each controller uses a Texas Instruments MSP430 family microprocessor. The processor contains on-chip FLASH program memory, FLASH information memory, and RAM. Memory Capacity Flash Memory: 116 Kbytes with 8 Kbytes available for user program. The controller is able to retain FLASH memory settings for up to ten (10) years. RAM: 8 Kbytes daylight savings time adjustment to occur at 2:00 a.m. local time on configured start and stop dates Power Failure Backup: 24 Hrs at 32 F to 100 F (0 C to 38 C), 22 Hrs at 100 F to 122 F (38 C to 50 C) Accuracy: ±1 minute per month at 77 F (25 C) Inputs and Outputs Universal Inputs (UI): 6 Digital Inputs (DI): 4 Analog Outputs (AO): 3 Digital Relay Outputs (DO): 8 Universal Input (UI) Circuits Refer to Table 3 for the UI specifications Table 3: Universal Input Circuit Specifications Input Type Room/Zone Discharge Air Outdoor Air Temperature Outdoor Air Temperature TR23 Setpoint Potentiometer Sensor Type Operating Range 20 KΩ NTC -40 F to 199 F (-40 C to 93 C) C7031G a -40 F to 120 F (-40 C to 49 C) C7031G a -40 F to 250 F (-40 C to 121 C) PT1000 (IEC ) 500 Ω to 10,500 Ω -40 F to 199 F (- 40 C to 93 C) -4 C to 4 C (-8 F to 7 F) or 50 F to 90 F (10 C to 32 C) Resistive Input Generic 100 Ω to 100 KΩ Voltage Input Discrete Inputs Transducer, Controller Dry Contact closure 0 VDC 10 VDC OpenCircuit 3000 Ω ClosedCircuit <3000 Ω a C7031G and C7041F are recommended for use with these controllers, due to improved resolution and accuracy when compared to PT1000. Real Time Clock Operating Range: 24 Hr, 365-day Multi-year calendar including day of week and configuration for automatic

20 24VAC 24VAC COM EGND SHLD SBUS1 SBUS2 NET-1 NET-2 24VAC OUT COM-A COM-B COM-C DO-C1 DO-A1 DO-A2 DO-A3 DO-B1 DO-B2 DO-B3 DO-B4 AO-1 COM AO-2 AO-3 COM DI-1 DI-2 COM DI-3 DI-4 20VDC UI-1 COM UI-2 UI-3 COM UI-4 UI-5 COM UI-6 STRYKER CVAHU SYSTEM ENGINEERING GUIDE Analog Output (AO) Circuits Analog current outputs: Current Output Range: 4.0 to 20.0 ma Output Load Resistance: 550 Ω maximum Analog voltage outputs: Current Output Range: 4.0 to 20.0 ma Output Load Resistance: 550 Ω maximum Digital Relay Output (DO) Circuits Voltage Rating: 20 to Hz - 60Hz Current Rating: 0 ma to 1 A continuous, 3.5 A inrush (AC rms) for 100 milliseconds. Status Information The LED provides a visual signal of the status of the device on front side of the controller. When the controller receives power, the LED appears in one of the following allowable states, as described in Table 4. LED State Table 4: LED States Blink Rate Status or Condition OFF Not applicable No power to processor, LED damaged, low voltage to board, or controller damaged. ON Very slow blink (continuous) Slow blink (continuous) Medium blink (continuous) Fast blink (continuous) ON steady; not blinking 1 second ON, 1 second OFF 0.5 second ON, 0.5 second OFF 0.25 second ON, 0.25 second OFF 0.10 second ON, 0.10 second OFF Processor and/or controller are not operating. Controller is operating normally. Controller alarm is active, controller in process of download, or controller lost its configuration. Controller firmware is loading. Controller is in manual mode under control of the PC based software tool. Mounting Panel Mounting The controller is designed so that the cover does not need to be removed from the base plate for either mounting or wiring. The controller mounts using four screws inserted through the corners of the base plate. [Fasten securely with four No. 6 or No. 8 machine/sheet metal screws.] The controller can be mounted in any orientation. Ventilation openings are designed to allow proper heat dissipation, regardless of the mounting orientation. Terminal blocks are used to make all wiring connections to the controller. Attach all wiring to the appropriate terminal blocks (Refer to Wiring ) PANEL MOUNTING HOLE (4X) 29/64 IN. (12) Figure 4: Panel mounting - controller dimensions in inches DIN Rail Mounting To mount the controller on a DIN rail [standard EN50022; 1-3/8 in. x 9/32 in. (7.5 mm x 35 mm)], refer to Figure 5 and perform the following steps: 1. Holding the controller with its top tilted in towards the DIN rail; hook the top two tabs on the back of the controller onto the top of the DIN rail. 2. Push down and in to snap the two bottom flex connectors of the controller onto the DIN rail. Important: To remove the controller from the DIN rail, perform the following: Push straight up from the bottom to release the top tabs. Rotate the top of the controller out towards you, pull the controller down, and away from the DIN rail to release the bottom flex connectors. Stryker CUL6438SR-CV1 Sylk Enhanced

21 Power Budget Calculation Example (VA) The system (Refer to Table 5) requires 30.7 VA of peak power. Therefore, a 100 VA AT92A transformer could be used to power one controller of this type. Because the total peak power is less than 50 VA, this transformer has the power wiring similar to the one as illustrated in Figure 9.Refer to Table 7 for VA ratings of various devices. Power Figure 5: Controller DIN rail mounting Before wiring the controller, determine the input and output device requirements for each controller used in the system. Select input and output devices compatible with the controller and the application. Consider the operating range, wiring requirements, and the environmental conditions when selecting input/output devices. When selecting actuators for modulating applications, it is recommended to use floating control. In direct digital control applications, floating actuators will generally provide control action equal to or better than an analog input actuator for lower cost. Determine the location of controllers, sensors, actuators and other input/output devices and create wiring diagrams. The application engineer must review the control job requirements. This includes the sequence of operations for the controller, and for the system as a whole. Usually, there are variables that must be passed between the controllers for optimum system wide operation. Typical examples are the TOD, Occ/Unocc signal, the outdoor air temperature, the demand limit control signal, and the smoke control mode signal. It is important to understand these interrelationships early in the job engineering process to ensure proper implementation when configuring the controllers. Power Budget A power budget must be calculated for each device to determine the required transformer size for proper operation. A power budget is simply the summing of the maximum power draw ratings (in VA) of all the devices to be controlled. This includes the controller itself and any devices powered from the controller, such as equipment actuators (ML6161 or other motors) and various contactors and transducers. Important: For contactors and similar devices, the in-rush power ratings should be used as the worst case values when performing power budget calculations. Also, the application engineer must consider the possible combinations of simultaneously energized outputs and calculate the VA ratings accordingly. The worst case, which uses the largest possible VA load, should be determined when sizing the transformer. Each controller requires 24 VAC power from an energy-limited Class II power source. To conform to Class II restrictions (U.S. only), transformers must not be larger than 100 VA. A single transformer can power more than one controller. Table 5: Power budget calculation example Device VA Obtained From R8242A contactor fan rating D/X Stages Compressor control circuit and have no impact on the budget. M6410A Steam Heating Coil Valve TOTAL 30.7 TRADELINE Catalog inrush rating For example, assume cooling stage outputs are wired into a compressor control circuit and have no impact on the budget. TRADELINE Catalog, 0.32 A 24 VAC Table 6: VA ratings for transformer sizing Device Description VA ML684 Versa drive Valve Actuator 12.0 ML6161 Damper Actuator, 35 lb-in. 2.2 ML6185 Damper Actuator SR 50 lb-in 12.0 ML6464 Damper Actuator, 66 lb-in. 3.0 ML6474 Damper Actuator, 132 lb-in. 3.0 R6410A Valve Actuator 0.7 R8242A Contactor 21.0 If a controller is used on Heating and Cooling Equipment (UL 1995, U.S. only) and transformer primary power is more than 150 V, connect the transformer secondary common to earth ground. (Refer to Figure 8)

22 Line Loss Controllers must receive a minimum supply voltage of 20 VAC. If long power or output wire runs are required, a voltage drop due to Ohms Law (I x R) line loss must be considered. This line loss can result in a significant increase in total power required and thereby affect transformer sizing. The following example is an I x R line loss calculation for a 200 ft. (61 m) run from the transformer to a controller drawing 37 VA and using two 18 AWG (1.0 sq mm) wires. The formula is: [Loss] = [Length of round-trip wire run (ft)] [Resistance in wire ( Ω per ft)] [Current in wire (amperes)] From specification data: 18 AWG twisted pair wire has a resistance of 6.52 ohms per 1000 feet. Loss = [(400 ft.) x (6.52/1000 Ω per ft.)] [(37 VA)/ (24 V)] = 4.02 V This means that 4 V is going to be lost between the transformer and the controller. To assure the controller receives at least 20 V, the transformer must output more than 24 V. Because all transformer output voltage levels depend on the size of the connected load, a larger transformer outputs a higher voltage than a smaller one for a given load. Figure 6 shows this voltage load dependence. 2. Use heavier gauge wire for the power run. 14 AWG (2.0 sq mm) wire has a resistance of 2.57 Ω per 1,000 ft. Using the IR Loss formula results in a line loss of only 1.58 V (compared with 4.02 V). This would allow a 40 VA transformer to be used. 14 AWG (2.0 sq mm) wire is the recommended wire size for 24 VAC wiring. 3. Locate the transformer closer to the controller. This reduces the length of the wire run, and the line-loss. The issue of line loss is also important in the case of the output wiring connected to the Triac digital outputs. The same formula and method are used. Keep all power and output wire runs as short as practical. When necessary, use heavier gauge wire, a bigger transformer, or install the transformer closer to the controller. To meet the National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) standards, a transformer must stay within the NEMA limits. The chart in Figure 6 shows the required limits at various loads. With 100 % load, the transformer secondary must supply between 23 and 25 V to meet the NEMA standard. When a purchased transformer meets the NEMA standard DC , the transformer voltage regulating ability is considered reliable. Compliance with the NEMA standard is voluntary. In the I x R loss example, even though the controller load is only 37 VA, a standard 40 VA transformer is not sufficient due to the line-loss. Refer to Figure 6, a 40 VA transformer is just under 100 % loaded (for the 37 VA controllers) and has a secondary voltage of 22.9 V. (Use the lower edge of the shaded zone in Figure 6 that represents the worst-case conditions.) When the I x R loss of 4 V is subtracted, only 18.9 V reaches the controller. This is not enough voltage for proper operation. In this situation, the engineer has three alternatives: 1. Use a larger transformer. For example, if an 80 VA model is used, an output of 24.4 V, minus the 4 V line loss, supplies 20.4 V to the controller (Refer to Figure 6). Although acceptable, the 4 V line loss in this example is higher than recommended. Important: No installation should be designed where the line loss is greater than 2 V. This allows for nominal operation if the primary voltage drops to 102 VAC (120 VAC minus 15 %). Figure 6: NEMA Class 2 Transformer Voltage Output Limits The Honeywell transformers listed in Table 7 meet the NEMA standard DC Table 7: Honeywell transformers that meet NEMA standatd DC Transformer Type AT40A 40 AT72D 40 AT87A 50 VA Rating

23 24VAC 24VAC COM EGND SHLD SBUS1 SBUS2 NET-1 NET-2 24VAC OUT COM-A COM-B COM-C DO-C1 DO-A1 DO-A2 DO-A3 DO-B1 DO-B2 DO-B3 DO-B4 AO-1 COM AO-2 AO-3 COM DI-1 DI-2 COM DI-3 DI-4 20VDC UI-1 COM UI-2 UI-3 COM UI-4 UI-5 COM UI-6 STRYKER CVAHU SYSTEM ENGINEERING GUIDE Transformer Type VA Rating AK3310 Assembly 100 Note: Unswitched 24 VAC power wiring can run in the same conduit as the LONWORKS Bus cable. Maintain at least a 3 in. (76 mm) separation between Triac outputs and LONWORKS Bus wiring throughout the installation. The AT88A and AT92A transformers do not meet the voluntary NEMA standard DC Important: Wiring All wiring must comply with applicable electrical codes and ordinances, or as specified on installation wiring diagrams. Controller wiring is terminated to the screw terminal blocks located on the top and the bottom of the device. Caution: Electrical Shock Hazard causes severe injury, death or property damage. Disconnect power supply before beginning wiring or making wiring connections to prevent electrical shock or equipment damage. Power must be OFF prior to connecting to or removing connections from the 24 VAC power (24 VAC/24 VAC COM), earth ground (EGND), and 20 VDC power (20 VDC) terminals. Use the heaviest gauge wire available, up to 14 AWG (2.0 sq mm), with a minimum of 18 AWG (1.0 sq mm), for all power and earth ground wiring. Screw type terminal blocks are designed to accept up to one 14 AWG (2.0 sq mm) conductor or up to two 18 AWG (1.0 sq mm) conductors. More than two wires that are 18 AWG (2.0 sq mm) can be connected with a wire nut. Include a pigtail with this wire group and attach the pigtail to the terminal block Stryker Power Wiring Guidelines for Power Wiring For multiple controllers operating from a single transformer, the same side of the transformer secondary must be connected to the same power input terminal in each device. The earth ground terminal must be connected to a verified earth ground for each controller in the group (Refer to Figure 9). Controller configurations are not necessarily limited to two devices; however the total power draw, including accessories, cannot exceed 100 VA when powered by the same transformer (U.S. only). Refer to Figure 8 for controller power wiring used in UL 1995 equipment (U.S. only). Many controllers require all loads to be powered by the same transformer that powers the controller. Keep the earth ground connection wire run as short as possible (Refer to Figures 7, 8, and 9). Do not connect earth ground to the controller's digital or analog ground terminals (Refer to Figures 7, 8, and 9). Do not connect the universal input COM terminals, analog output COM terminals or the digital input/output COM terminals to earth ground. Refer to Figures 7, 8, and 9 for examples. The 24 VAC power from an energy limited Class II power source must be provided to the controller. To conform to Class II restrictions (U.S. only), the transformer must not be larger than 100 VA. Figure 7 depicts a single controller using one transformer. CONNECT POWER TO TERMINAL 1 & 2 TRANSFORMER COM 24 VAC Figure 7: Power-wiring details for one controller per transformer Important: OUTPUT DEVICE POWER CUL6438SR-CV1 If the controller is used on Heating and Cooling Equipment (UL 1995, U.S. only) and the transformer primary power is more than 150 V, connect terminal 2, (the 24 VAC common [24 VAC COM] terminal) to earth ground. For these applications, each transformer can power only one controller. Sylk Enhanced EARTH GROUNG (TERMINAL3)

24 24VAC COM EGND SHLD SBUS1 SBUS2 AO-1 24VAC 24VAC COM EGND SHLD SBUS1 SBUS2 AO NET-1 COM NET-2 AO-2 AO-3 Sylk Enhanced NET-2 COM NET-1 AO-2 AO-3 Sylk COM Enhanced DI-1 DI-2 COM DI-3 24VAC OUT 9 DI-4 COM-A 10 20VDC COM-B 11 COM-C UI-1 12 COM DO-C1 COM 13 DI-1 DO-A1 UI-2 14 DI-2 DO-A2 UI-3 15 COM DO-A3 COM 16 DO-1 DI-3 9 UI-4 DO-B1 DO-2 DI VDC COM 11 UI-5 DO-B2 DO-3 UI-1 12 COM DO-B3 DO-4 COM 13 UI-6 COM UI DO-B4 DO-5 UI-3 15 DO-6 COM 16 COM UI-4 17 UI-5 DO-7 COM DO COM UI-6 24VAC COM EGND SHLD SBUS1 SBUS2 AO NET-2 COM NET-1 AO-2 AO-3 Sylk Enhanced COM DI-1 DI-2 COM 24VAC OUT DI-3 9 COM-A DI VDC COM-B 11 COM-C UI-1 12 DO-C1 COM 13 DO-A1 14 UI-2 DO-A2 UI-3 15 DO-A3 COM 16 DO-B1 UI-4 17 DO-B2 UI-5 DO-B3 COM DO-B4 UI-6 24VAC COM EGND SHLD SBUS1 SBUS2 AO NET-2 COM NET-1 AO-2 AO-3 Sylk Enhanced COM DI-1 DI-2 COM 24VAC OUT DI-3 9 COM-A DI VDC COM-B 11 COM-C UI-1 12 DO-C1 COM 13 DO-A1 UI-2 14 DO-A2 UI-3 15 DO-A3 COM 16 DO-B1 UI-4 17 DO-B2 UI-5 DO-B3 COM DO-B4 UI-6 STRYKER CVAHU SYSTEM ENGINEERING GUIDE CONNECT POWER TO TERMINAL 1 & 2 Stryker CUL6438SR-CV1 TRANSFORMER COM 24 VAC EARTH GROUNG (TERMINAL3) LINE VOLTAGE GREATER THAN 150 VAC 1 EARTH GROUND OUTPUT DEVICE POWER 1 IF THE CONTROLLER IS USED IN UL 1995 EQUIPMENT AND THE PRIMARY POWER IS MORE THAN 150 VOLTS,GROUND 24 VAC COM SIDE OF TRANSFORMER SECONDARY Figure 8: Transformer power wiring details for one controller used in UL 1995 equipment (U.S. only) CONNECT POWER TO TERMINAL 1 & 2 Stryker CUL6438SR-CV1 Stryker CUL6438SR-CV1 Stryker CUL6438SR-CV1 120/240 VAC COM 24 VAC EARTH GROUNG (TERMINAL3) EARTH GROUNG (TERMINAL3) EARTH GROUNG (TERMINAL3) TRANSFORMER OUTPUT DEVICE POWER Figure 9: Power-wiring details for two or more controllers per transformer

25 Table 8: Description of CUL6438SR-CV1 wiring terminal connections Terminal Label Connection INPUT POWER and GROUND 1 24 VAC 24 VAC Power 2 24 VAC COM 24 VAC Power 3 EGND Earth Ground 4 SHLD Shield 5 SBUS 1 Sylk 6 SBUS 2 Sylk NETWORK CONNECTIONS 7 NET-1 LONWORKS communications 8 NET-2 LONWORKS DIGITAL OUTPUTS communications 9 24 Vac Out 24 Vac Power 10 COM-A Common 11 COM-B Common 12 COM-C Common 13 DO-C1 Digital Output 14 DO-A1 Digital Output 15 DO-A2 Digital Output 16 DO-A3 Digital Output 17 DO-B1 Digital Output 18 DO-B2 Digital Output 19 DO-B3 Digital Output 20 DO-B4 Digital Output ANALOG OUTPUTS a 21 AO-1 Analog Output 22 COM Common 23 AO-2 Analog Output 24 AO-3 Analog Output 25 COM Common DIGITAL INPUTS b 26 DI-1 Digital Input 27 DI-2 Digital Input 28 COM Common 29 DI-3 Digital Input 30 DI-4 Digital Input ATTACHED DEVICE(S) POWER VDC 20 VDC Power Terminal Label Connection UNIVERSAL INPUTS 32 UI-1 Universal Input 33 COM Common 34 UI-2 Universal Input 35 UI-3 Universal Input 36 COM Common 37 UI-4 Universal Input 38 UI-5 Universal Input 39 COM Common 40 UI-6 Universal Input Note: a : Analog outputs may be configured as digital outputs and operate as follows: False (0 %) produces 0 VDC, (0 ma) True (100 %) produces the maximum 11 VDC (22 ma) b Digital inputs: Open circuit = False; Closed circuit = True LON Bus Communication Wiring The maximum LONWORKS Bus network length is 4,600 ft. (1,400 m). For LONWORKS Bus network lengths greater than this length, refer to "LONWORKS Bus Wiring Guidelines guide. The theoretical limit for each LONWORKS Bus segment is 60 controllers. Up to 120 controllers can be configured when the Q7751A, B Router (configured as a repeater) is used, and the bus is either singly or doubly terminated. Each network segment can have a maximum of one repeater. Actual installations may have a lower limit, depending on the devices connected. Honeywell provided cable types for LONWORKS Bus communications wiring are Level IV 22 AWG (0.34 sq mm) plenum or non-plenum rated unshielded, twisted pair, stranded conductor wire. For non-plenum areas, U.S. part AK3798 (single-pair stranded) can be used. In plenum areas, U.S. part AK3797 (single-pair stranded) or U.S. part AK3799 (two-pair stranded) can be used. Contact Echelon Corp. Technical Support for the recommended vendors of Echelon approved cables. Communication wiring can run in a conduit, if needed, with non-switched 24 VAC or sensor wiring. Pull the cable to each controller on the LONWORKS Bus and connect to the controller's communication terminals 7 and 8 (Refer to Figure 10)

26 24VAC 24VAC COM EGND SHLD SBUS1 SBUS2 NET-1 NET-2 24VAC OUT COM-A COM-B COM-C DO-C1 DO-A1 DO-A2 DO-A3 DO-B1 DO-B2 DO-B3 DO-B4 AO-1 COM AO-2 AO-3 COM DI-1 DI-2 COM DI-3 DI-4 20VDC UI-1 COM UI-2 UI-3 COM UI-4 UI-5 COM UI-6 24VAC 24VAC COM EGND SHLD SBUS1 SBUS2 NET-2 NET-1 24VAC OUT COM-A COM-B COM-C DO-C1 DO-A1 DO-A2 DO-A3 DO-B1 DO-B2 DO-B3 DO-B4 24VAC 24VAC COM EGND SHLD SBUS1 SBUS2 NET-1 NET-2 24VAC OUT COM-A COM-B COM-C DO-C1 DO-A1 DO-A2 DO-A3 DO-B1 DO-B2 DO-B3 DO-B4 24VAC 24VAC COM EGND SHLD SBUS1 SBUS2 NET-1 NET-2 24VAC OUT COM-A COM-B COM-C DO-C1 DO-A1 DO-A2 DO-A3 DO-B1 DO-B2 DO-B3 DO-B4 AO-1 COM AO-2 AO-3 COM DI-1 DI-2 COM DI-3 DI-4 20VDC UI-1 COM UI-2 UI-3 COM UI-4 UI-5 COM UI-6 AO-1 COM AO-2 AO-3 COM DI-1 DI-2 COM DI-3 DI-4 20VDC UI-1 COM UI-2 UI-3 COM UI-4 UI-5 COM UI-6 AO-1 COM AO-2 AO-3 COM DI-1 DI-2 COM DI-3 DI-4 20VDC UI-1 COM UI-2 UI-3 COM UI-4 UI-5 COM UI-6 STRYKER CVAHU SYSTEM ENGINEERING GUIDE Stryker CUL6438SR-CV1 Sylk Stryker CUL6438SR-CV1 Sylk Stryker CUL6438SR-CV1 Sylk Enhanced Enhanced Enhanced ORANGE BROWN BROWN ORANGE Figure 10: Power Termination Modules (LONWORKS daisy chain connections) Note: Connection for operator access to the LONWORKS Bus is provided by plugging the Serial LONTALK Adapter (SLTA) connector into the LONWORKS Bus jack (Refer to Figure 11) Stryker CUL6438SR-CV1 Sylk Enhanced TERMINALS 1-8 TERMINALS 9-20 LONWORKS BUS JACK (LABELLED SRV JCK) TERMINALS Figure 11: Controller terminal connections, NEURON service pin and LONWORKS bus jack NEUTRON SERVICE PIN (LABELLED SRV PIN) 17 Notes on communications wiring: All field wiring must conform to local codes and ordinances (or as specified on installation drawings). Do not bundle device output wires with sensor, digital input or communications LONWORKS Bus wires. Do not use different wire types or gauges on the same LONWORKS Bus segment. The step change in line impedance characteristics causes unpredictable reflections on the LONWORKS Bus. In noisy (high EMI) environments, avoid wire runs parallel to noisy power cables, motor control centers, or lines containing lighting dimmer switches. Keep at least 3 in. (76 mm) of separation between noisy lines and the LONWORKS Bus cable. The theoretical limit for each LONWORKS Bus segment is 60 controllers. Up to 120 controllers can be configured when a repeater is used, and the bus is terminated either singly or doubly. Actual installations may have a lower limit depending on the devices connected. The singly terminated bus must have one B Excel 10 FTT Termination Module for T tap or Star configurations. The doubly terminated bus must have two B Excel 10 FTT Termination Modules, one at each end of the daisy chain (Bus style) wiring run. Note that the Q7751A, B router (configured as a repeater) has onboard terminating networks that can be jumper selected on each segment. Make sure that neither of the LONWORKS Bus wires is grounded. [Document Number] 24

27 DO-B4 DO-B3 DO-B2 DO-B1 DO-A3 DO-A2 DO-A1 DO-C1 COM C COM B COM A 24 VAC COM SHLD EGND 24 VAC COM 24 VAC STRYKER CVAHU SYSTEM ENGINEERING GUIDE Note: If a B Termination Module is required at the controller, connect two of the three termination module wires to the LONWORKS Bus terminals 7 and 8, which are labeled Net-1 and Net-2, on the controller. Selecting the appropriate two wires depends on the LONWORKS Bus network topology. Refer to the "LONWORKS Bus Wiring Guidelines" guide, and the "Excel 10 FTT Termination Module Installation Instructions guide. For example, on a doubly terminated daisy-chained bus topology, where controllers are on either end of an LONWORKS Bus wire run, mount the termination module on the appropriate terminals, as shown in Figure 10. Wiring Method Note: When attaching two or more wires to the same terminal, other than 14 AWG (2.0 sq mm), be sure to twist them together. Deviation from this rule results in improper electrical contact (Figure 12). Each terminal accommodates the following gauges of wire: Single wire: from 22 AWG to 14 AWG solid or stranded Multiple wires: up to two 18 AWG stranded, with 1/4 W wire-wound resistor Prepare wiring for the terminal blocks, as follows: 1. Strip 1/2 in. (13 mm) insulation from the conductor. 2. Cut a single wire to 3/16 in. (5 mm). Insert the wire in the required terminal location and tighten the screw. 3. If two or more wires are being inserted into one terminal location, twist the wires together a minimum of three turns before inserting them (Refer to Figure 12). 4. Cut the twisted end of the wires to 3/16 in. (5 mm) before inserting them into the terminal and tightening the screw. 5. Pull on each wire in all terminals to check for good mechanical connection. Figure 12: Attaching two or more wires at terminal blocks Wiring Details Each controller is shipped with the digital outputs to switch the 24 VAC to the load (High Side). The three analog outputs (AO) are used to control modulating heating, cooling and economizer equipment. Any AO may be used as a digital output, as follows: False (0 %) produces 0 VDC, (0 ma) True (100 %) produces the maximum 11 VDC (22 ma) Figure 13 shows internal digital output circuitry of the CVAHU controller Figure 13: Internal digital output circuitry Important: If the controller is not connected to a good earth ground, the controller's internal transient protection circuitry is compromised and the function of protecting the controller from noise and power line spikes cannot be fulfilled. This could result in a damaged circuit board and require replacement of the controller

28 Neuron Service Pin The NEURON Service Pin pushbutton (when pressed) transmits the Service Message to the network, regardless of the controller's current mode of operation (Refer to Figure 14). Important: To prevent bending or breaking the alignment pins on longer terminal blocks, insert the screwdriver at several points to evenly, gradually lift up the terminal block. Insert the screwdriver blade no more than 1/8 in. (3 mm) to prevent damage to the terminal block alignment pins on the controller circuit board. Use a thin-bladed screwdriver to evenly raise the terminal block from its alignment pins: For short terminal blocks (1 to 5 terminals), insert screwdriver blade in the center of the terminal block and use a back and forth twisting motion to gently raise the terminal block from its alignment pins ¼ in. (6.35 mm). For long terminal blocks (6 or more terminals), insert screwdriver blade on one side of the terminal block and gently rotate the blade 1/4 turn. Then, move to the other side of the terminal block and do the same. Repeat until the terminal block is evenly raised ¼ in. (6.35 mm) from its alignment pins. Figure 14: Controller terminal connections, NEURON service pin and LONWORKS bus jack for CUL6438SR- CV1 Terminal Block Removal To simplify controller replacement, all terminal blocks are designed to be removed with the wiring connections intact and then re-installed on the new controller. Refer to Figure 15 and refer to the following procedure. Once the terminal block is raised ¼ in. (6.35 mm) from its alignment pins, grasp the terminal block at its center (for long terminal blocks grasp it at each end) and pull it straight up. Controller Replacement Perform the following to replace the controller: 1. Remove all power from the controller. 2. Remove the terminal blocks (Refer to Figure 15). 3. Remove the old controller from its mounting. Important: Figure 15: Removing terminal blocks For controllers mounted to din rail: Push straight up from the bottom to release the top pins. Rotate the top of the controller outwards to release the bottom flex connectors. Mount the new controller. Replace the terminal blocks: Insert each terminal block onto its alignment pins. Press straight down to firmly seat it. Repeat for each terminal block. Restore power to the controller

29 Typical CVAHU Controller Application Wiring Details The typical CVAHU applications and their wiring details are explained in this section. Typical CVAHU Controller Application with Modulating Heating and Cooling Figure 16: CVAHU Controller Application with Modulating Heating and Cooling Figure 16 shows a typical CVAHU application with modulating heating/cooling and Economizer damper. In this application, cooling valve actuator, heating valve actuator and Economizer damper actuator are of analog type. CAVHU controller wiring diagram for this application is shown in Figure 17. Modulating signal provides higher degree of control as compared to staged outputs. Outdoor air temperature and return air temperature are wired to the CVAHU controller. Based on these two sensors, Differential Temperature Economizer Mode can be configured for free cooling during cooling load. In this example, the three terminals of analog actuator are wired to the analog output of CVAHU controller as follows: 1. Actuator excitation terminal is connected to the 24 VAC terminal 2. Actuator Input signal terminal is connected to the Analog Output signal (AO) 3. Actuator COM terminal is connected to the Analog Output common terminal (COM)

30 Figure 17: Typical CVAHU Controller Application with Modulating Heating and Cooling Wiring Details

31 Typical CVAHU Controller Application with Floating Heating and Cooling Figure 18: Typical CVAHU Controller Application with Floating Heating and Cooling Figure 18 shows a typical CVAHU application with floating actuators for heating and cooling valve. Figure 19 shows how to wire typical floating actuators. Floating actuator needs two digital outputs. One digital output drives the actuator in clockwise direction and other output drives the actuator in anti-clockwise direction. The actuator position depends on the actuator stroke time and the time period for which the digital outputs are turned ON. Common terminal of the floating actuator is connected to the 24 VAC common terminal of the controller One digital output is connected to the clockwise terminal of the actuator and another digital output is connected to the anti-clockwise terminal of the actuator When digital outputs are turned ON, 24 VAC will appear across the actuator terminals. Consider that the actuator stroke time is 90 seconds and the current position of the actuator is full close. Then, if the clockwise output is turned ON for 45 seconds, the damper actuator will move to 50 % open position. At this position, if anti-clockwise output is turned ON for 45 seconds, then actuator will move back to close position

32 Figure 19: Typical CVAHU Controller Application with Floating Heating and Cooling Wiring Details

33 Typical CVAHU Controller Application with Staged Heating and Cooling Figure 20: Typical CVAHU Controller Application with Staged Heating and Cooling Figure 20 shows a typical CAVHU application with staged heating and staged cooling. Stryker CVAHU controller supports up to four stages of heating and four stages of cooling. Staged heating and cooling equipments need digital output to drive the stages. If current rating of the stages exceed the current limit of the digital outputs (Maximum current rating: 1 A), then use interposing relay. Figure 21 shows typical wiring for the staged heating and staged cooling equipments

34 Figure 21: Typical CVAHU Controller Application with Staged Heating and Cooling Wiring Details

35 Typical CVAHU Controller Application with Heat Pump Figure 22: Typical CVAHU Controller Application with Heat Pump Figure 22 show a typical Heat Pump application with two compressor stages and three auxiliary heating stages. The Heat Pump application can be configured with up to four compressor stages with change over relay. Additional auxiliary heating stages (up to four) can be configured. During heating, these additional auxiliary stages can be operated, if compressor stages are insufficient to maintain the space temperature. The first stage of Auxiliary heating can be utilized for dehumidification operation. For details, refer to Dehumidification section. Wiring diagram of this application is shown in Figure

36 Figure 23: Typical CVAHU Controller Application with Heat Pump Wiring Details

37 Typical CVAHU Controller Application with Differential Enthalpy Economizer, Occupancy Sensor, and Window Switch Figure 24: Typical CVAHU Controller Application with Differential Enthalpy Figure 24 shows a typical CVAHU application with differential enthalpy Economizer type, Occupancy Sensor and Window Switch. In this example, both return air and outside air have combination sensors to measure the temperature and humidity conditions; hence it becomes possible to determine the free cooing mode utilizing Differential Enthalpy Economizer strategy. For details, refer to Freeze Protection Mode section. During Unoccupied mode, if occupancy sensor detects that the space is occupied, then the Effective Occupancy Mode will be updated. However, it depends on other parameters as well. For details, refer to the Effective Occupancy Determination section. If the CVAHU controller detects an open window switch, then the system will enter the Freeze Protection mode. In the Freeze Protection mode, cooling is disabled and heating is operated to maintain the space temperature to Freeze Protection Setpoint (Default: 46 F)

38 Figure 25 shows wiring details for this configuration. Figure 25: Typical CVAHU Controller Application with Differential Enthalpy Wiring Details 4-20 ma Sensor Wiring Stryker CVAHU controller does not accept 4-20 ma input. As shown in Figure 26, 499 ohm resistor is added to convert 4-20 ma signal into 2-10 VDC. Also the universal input is need to be configured as a Voltage type with 2-10VDC range. Stryker CVAHU controller has a terminal (terminal number 31) which supplies 20V DC. As shown in Figure 26, this terminal is connected to the one terminal of the transmitter and another terminal is connected to the universal input. A 499 ohm resistor is connected across universal input and common to convert 4-20 ma into 2-10V DC. Figure 26: Wiring of Two-wire 4-20 ma sensor to Stryker CVAHU Controller

39 Zio (TR71/TR75) The TR70 Series Zio (TR71/TR71-H) and Zio Plus (TR75/TR75-H) are 2-wire, polarity insensitive wall modules to communicate with programmable controllers such as Spyder, Stryker and Comfort Point over Sylk bus. All models have a space-temperature sensor, network bus jack, and an LCD panel with three soft keys and two Up/Down adjustment keys. The TR71-H and TR75-H models include an on-board humidity sensor. ZIO modules serve the following two functions in the Stryker CVAHU application. Zio modules can be used to configure the CVAHU as per the application requirements. All required parameters are accessible and editable through CVAHU Configuration Wizard application integrated with Zio. Hence, there is no need of additional components such as PC and WEBStation-N4 tool for configuring the parameters. Access to configurable parameters through TR75 is password protected (Default password: 0000) so that only authorized person or contractor is able to access these parameters. Note: Specifications Dimensions (H/W/D) Refer to Figure 28 Figure 27: Zio Module For details on how to configure the CVAHU using ZIO module, refer to the STRYKER CVAHU ZIO CUL6438SR-CV-1 guide. TR75 Zio module can be used as a thermostat to measure the space temperature. ZIO modules with space humidity are also available. Distinct advantage of Zio modules is they do not consume physical inputs as they are communicating over Sylk bus. So, the application, which requires more physical inputs for other purpose, Zio is the good choice. Another advantage is easy user interface through LCD screen. Sylk Bus Sylk is a two wire, polarity insensitive bus that provides both 18 VDC power and communications among Sylkenabled devices. Using Sylk-enabled device save I/O on the controller and is faster and cheaper to install since only two wires are needed and the bus is polarity insensitive. Figure 28: LCD Wall module dimensions in inches (mm) Models TR71, TR75, TR71-H and TR75-H include an onboard humidity sensor

40 Environmental Ratings Operating Temperature: 30 F to 110 F (-1 C to 43 C) Shipping Temperature: -40 F to 150 F (-40 C to 65.5 C) Relative Humidity: 5 % to 95 % non-condensing Accessories (pack of 12) medium, cover plate; 6-7/8 x 5 in. (175 x 127 mm) Temperature Setpoint Range Default range is 55 F to 85 F (10 C to 35 C); configurable for other ranges. Temperature Sensor Accuracy ±0.36 F at 77 F (±0.2 C at 25 C) Humidity Sensor Accuracy (TR71-H/TR75-H only) ±5 H from 20 to 80 RH Power 18 VDC power is supplied to the wall module from the 2- wire S-BUS connection to the programmable controller. Compatibility Full feature set, including scheduling and password protection requires the latest Spyder firmware (field upgradeable with Spyder Refash Tool), Spyder Tool version greater than 5.18, and WEBs-N4 Workbench version or greater. Figure 29: Mounting on standard utility conduit box or 60 mm wall outlet box Mounting Mount wall module on an outside wall, on a wall containing water pipes, or near air ducts. Avoid locations that are exposed to discharge air from registers or radiation from appliances, lights, or the sun. The wall module can be mounted on a wall, on a standard utility conduit box using No. 6 (3.5 mm) screws or on a 60 mm wall outlet box. Refer to Figure 30. While mounting directly on a wall, use the type of screws appropriate for the wall material. Construction Two-piece construction, cover and internally wired subbase. Field wiring, 18 to 24 AWG (0.82 to 0.20 sq. mm) connects to a terminal block in the sub-base. Mounting Options The LCD wall modules can be mounted on a standard two by four inch junction box or on a 60 mm diameter junction box. The modules may be mounted up to 500 ft. (150 m) from the programmable controller. Twisted pair wiring is recommended for distances longer than 100 ft. (30 m). Figure 30: Sub-base mounting holes and locking tabs

41 Wiring Important: All wiring must comply with local electrical codes and ordinances or as specified on installation wiring diagrams. All wiring is polarity insensitive. The cover for the wall module is packed separately from the sub-base for ease of installation. Caution: Improper Electrical Contact Hazard. Screw-type terminal blocks are designed to accept no more than one 18 AWG (0.82 sq. mm) conductor. Connect multiple wires that are 18 AWG (0.82 sq. mm) with a wire nut. Include a pigtail with this wire group and attach the pigtail to the individual terminal block. The LCD wall module is shipped with its mounting plate (sub-base) separate from the module. All terminal connections can be made to the backside of the module. There are no field adjustable/replaceable components inside the module. Attach the wires from the programmable controller and network to the appropriate wall module terminals, as indicated in Figure 31. Wiring Wall Modules Wire the terminal block shown in Figure 31 as follows: 1. For single wires, strip 3/16 in. (5 mm); for multiple wires going into one terminal, strip 1/2 in. (13 mm) insulation from the conductor. Refer to Figure 32 for wiring multiple Zios. 2. Insert the wire in the required terminal location and tighten the screw to complete the termination. 3. Review and verify the terminal connection wiring illustrated in Figure Recommended wire is single twisted pair, nonshielded, 18-24AWG, stranded or solid. Standard thermostat wire, non-twisted, 18-24AWG, solid or stranded can also be used. Refer to Table 9 for recommended maximum distance. Figure 31: Terminal connections and Wall Module bus address dial (rear view of LCD wall module)

42 Table 9: Recommended maximum distance from controller to any Sylk device Quantity and type of device 10 wall modules, any type 4 Sylk field devices of any type (including Zelix) 10 Sylk field devices of any type (excluding Zelix) Single twisted pair, non-shielded, stranded or solid a AWG 500 ft (150 m) 400 ft (120 m) 400 ft (120 m) Standard thermostat wire, (non twisted), shielded or nonshielded, stranded or solid b, c 24 AWG AWG 400 ft (120 m) 300 ft (100 m) 300 ft (100 m) 100 ft (30 m) 100 ft (30 m) 100 ft (30 m) Note: a : As a rule of thumb, single twisted pair (2 wires per cable only), thicker gauge, non-shielded cable yields best results for longer runs. b : The 30 m distance for standard thermostat wire is conservative, however meant to reduce the impact of any sources of electrical noise (including however not limited to VFDs, electronic ballasts, etc). Shielded cable recommended only if there is a need to reduce the effect of electrical noise. c : These distances also apply for shielded twisted pair. Figure 32: Options for wiring multiple Zios Setting the Wall Module Bus Address Dial For TR70, ensure that the wall module bus address dial is set to 1. For TR71/75 models, set the address to any number from 0 to 9. (A setting of 0 on Zio is equal to 10 in the Configuration Tool, so if Zio is set to 0, then set the address to 10 in the Configuration Tool.) Address must be different for each device on the Sylk bus. Use a thin blade screwdriver to turn the dial arrow. The address on the wall module must match the address in the tool. Attaching the Wall Module to the Subbase When all wiring is complete, press the LCD wall module straight down onto the sub-base until it snaps into place

43 Removing the Wall Module from Subbase To remove the wall module from its sub-base: 1. Insert a thin, flat-blade screwdriver into the slot on the right side of the wall module (Refer to Figure 33). 2. Pull the screwdriver towards you to release the right side of the wall module from the sub-base. 3. Pull the wall module out and away from the sub-base. Figure 34: TR70 Series Wall module - LCD screen After the wall module is properly wired to the controller, it will power up. Upon initial power up, the wall module LCD panel displays the phrase, PLEASE LOAd (Refer to Figure 35). This phrase alternates with bus address, model and version number (TR71 and TR75 only), and any onboard sensor display, such as temperature, humidity, etc. Note: Refer to the Zio/Zio Plus LCD Wall Modules Operating guide to configure and load the desired user interface and parameters into the wall module. Figure 33: Removing Wall module from Sub-base Power Up Important: Make sure that TR70 Series wall module is properly mounted, wired, and connected to the programmable controller. For specific installation requirements, refer to the Zio LCD Wall Modules TR70 Series with Sylk Bus Installation Instructions guide. Upon initial power-up before configuring the wall module, the LCD screen displays the phrase PLEASE LOAd in the Label/Value area of Figure 33. This phrase alternates with any onboard sensor display such as temperature. Figure 35: Wall Module LCD display at initial power up Figure 33 illustrates all the possible LCD Wall Module display elements. Only those elements that are related to the current configuration and status are actually displayed

44 TR21/TR23 For space temperature measurement, in Stryker CVAHU controller, TR21/23 series wall thermostat can be used. Modules are available as per following options: 1. With/Without temperature setpoint dial for remote setpoint adjustment 2. With/Without override button and override status for overriding Occupancy Mode. Models Specifications For TR2X series wall modules, refer to Table 10 Construction Two-piece construction, cover and internally wired subbase. Field wiring 16 to 22 AWG ( sq. mm) connects to a terminal block in the sub-base. Mounting Options All modules can be mounted on a standard two by four inch junction box or on a 60 mm diameter junction box. Table 10: TR21-TR24 Wall Module features Model Number Selectable Honeywell Wall Module Model Replaces Honeywell Model Sensor Element Type Sensor Type Temp Humidity Setpoint Adjustment: 55 F to 85 F, 13 C to 30 C, or Relative (- to +) Override Button with LED LON Jack Fan Switching TR21 TR23 T7770A1006 T7770C1002 T7770C1028 T7770C KΩ non-linear 20 KΩ non-linear N/A N/A check mark ( ) indicates the feature is included with the wall module. Environmental Ratings Operating Temperature: 45 F to 99 F (7 C to 37 C) Shipping Temperature: -40 F to 150 F (-40 C to 65.5 C). Relative Humidity: 5 % to 95 % non-condensing. Humidity Output Accuracy: ±5 % from % RH Temperature Sensor Operating Range: 45 F to 99 F (7 C to 37 C) Temperature Setpoint Ranges (TR22 and TR23 only): The temperature knob installed determines the setpoint range: 55 F to 85 F (13 C to 29 C), Relative (-9 F to 9 F) Accessories: (pack of 12) medium, cover plate; 6-7/8 x 5 in. (175 x 127 mm) Approvals: CE; UL94 plastic enclosure; FCC Part 15, Class B Figure 36: Wall Module Sub-base Dimensions in Inches (mm) and Temperature Limit Set Screw Locations (TR23)

45 Dimensions (H/W/D): For the details about dimensions, refer to Figure 37. Figure 37: Wall module dimensions in inches (mm) Mounting Mount the wall module on an inside wall approximately 54 in. (1372 mm) from the floor (or in the specified location) to allow exposure to the average zone temperature. Do not mount the wall module on an outside wall, on a wall containing water pipes, or near air ducts. Avoid locations that are exposed to discharge air from registers or radiation from lights, appliances, or the sun. Refer to Cover Disassembly. The wall module can be mounted on a wall, on a standard utility conduit box using No. 6 (3.5 mm) screws or on a 60 mm wall outlet box (Refer to Figure 38). When mounting directly on a wall, use the type of screws appropriate for the wall material. Figure 38: Mounting on Standard Utility Conduit Box or 60 mm Wall Outlet Box (TR23 Shown)

46 Wiring Attach the wires from the device sensor terminals to the appropriate wall module terminals. (Refer to Table 11) Connect multiple wires that are with a wire nut. Include a pigtail with this wire group and attach the pigtail to the individual terminal block. Caution: Note: The TR21 and TR22 models do not use DIP switches S1 and S3. DIP Switch S1 is used only on the humidity models, TR21-H and TR23-H. Models TR21 and TR21-A use terminals 1 and 2 only. Model TR21-J uses terminals 1, 2, 3, and 4 only. Improper Electrical Contact Hazard Screw type terminal blocks are designed to accept no more than one 16 AWG (1.31 sq. mm) conductor. Wiring Wall Modules 1. Wire the terminal block as follows: For single wires, strip 3/16 in. (5 mm). For multiple wires going into one terminal, strip 1/2 in. (13 mm) insulation from the conductor. 2. If two or more wires (20 to 22 AWG only) are being inserted into one terminal, twist the wires together before inserting. Refer to Figure Insert the wire in the required terminal location and tighten the screw to complete the termination. 4. Review and verify the terminal connection wiring and DIP switch settings illustrated in Table 11. Figure 39: Attaching two wires (20 to 22 AWG) to Wall module terminals Note: Wire the LON connection (terminals 3 and 4) using Level IV 22 AWG (0.34 mm2) plenum or non-plenum rated, unshielded, twisted pair, solid conductor wire. Wiring Examples Table 11 illustrates DIP switch settings and terminal connections for the wall modules. Refer to the TR21, TR22, TR23, and TR24 Wall Modules Specification Data guide for additional DIP Switch information. Important: SW 2 on DIP Switch S2 is used for factory calibration of the temperature setpoint potentiometer. Depending on the calibration, this switch may be set either in the ON or OFF position. DO NOT change the position of this switch. Figure 40: Wall Module Features (TR23-F Shown)

47 Attaching the Cover When all wiring is complete, attach the cover of the wall module as follows: 1. Optional: For models with a temperature dial, insert the two-setpoint screws into the inside of the cover to set the desired temperature range limit. Refer to Figure Press the cover straight down onto the sub-base until it snaps into place. 3. For models with a temperature dial, insert the desired dial through the opening in the cover. Align the keyed shaft on the knob with the keyed slot into the fitting on the sub-base, and then press down until it snaps into place. Cover Disassembly A snap-fit locking mechanism is used to attach the cover of the wall module to its sub-base. To disassemble the cover from the sub-base: 1. Insert a thin, flat blade screwdriver into each of the two slots at the bottom of the module to release the two locking tabs. Refer to Figure Tilt the cover out and away from the sub-base to release the top two locking tabs. 3. To change the dial (e.g. from Fahrenheit to Celsius) release the two tabs on the inside of the front cover and remove the old dial. Table 11: DIP Switch Settings and Terminal Connections Controller Model(s) TR23 DIP Switch Settings No fan switching from sensor Stryker: PUL Note: 1: DIP Switch S1 for Humidity models only. These switch positions are the factory default settings for non-fan models. Fan switching from sensor Stryker: PUL Note: 1: DIP Switch S1 for Humidity models only. Any controller noted in first and second row. For humidity models: TR21-H and TR23-H only!

48 SOFTWARE Introduction CVAHU controller is a configurable controller. To configure the controller as per application requirement, the system details, specifications, control sequence and design parameters of the system are required. CVAHU controller is a pre-programmed controller that supports Conventional/Modulating and Heat Pump applications. It has several configurable options that render flexibility to incorporate wide selection of site-specific requirements for these applications. As it is configurable, it reduces the efforts spent on programming and saves time during Commissioning. For details, refer to CVAHU Configuration Requirement section. Note: Conventional/Modulating: In this document, conventional/modulating means CVAHU system with separate heating and/or cooling equipment. These heating and/or cooling equipments could be staged or modulating. Note: Network Variable Inputs: These variables accepts data from other devices over a LON network. These variables are writable with default value as null. Network Variable Outputs: The value from these variables can be transferred to network variable inputs of other devices if required. These variables are nonwritable. User can only monitor the value. Network Variable Setpoint: These variables are writable with suitable default value. Most common use of these variables is as setpoints for various parameters such as temperature, pressure, flow etc. Value to these points can be transferred from other devices over a LON network if required. Based on the application selection, CVAHU provides the related configuration options for inputs and outputs automatically. CVAHU controller has six universal inputs to wire the required sensors. If more sensors are required, then additional inputs can be added through SYLK bus. This extends the input capacity beyond the available physical limits. For details, refer to CVAHU Input and Output Configuration section. Control sequence defines the logical steps of operation required to perform the task. It includes the operations for both the types of supported applications as well as their configurations. For details, refer to Sequence of Operation section. CVAHU controller includes three types of network variables. Network Variable Inputs (nvi), Network Variable Outputs (nvo), and Network Configurable Inputs (nci). The network setpoints include setpoints for the temperature, humidity, and other variables. All the configurable parameters available in the controller are network configurable setpoints. For details, refer to Network Variables section

49 CVAHU Configuration Requirement CVAHU controller is configured by two methods: With WEBStation-N4 Software Tool In the WEBStation-N4 software tool, CVAHU Configuration Wizard application is integrated for CVAHU controller configuration. CVAHU controller can be accessed with the personnel computer with WEBStation-N4 software tool installed on it. Via LON converter, which connects a PC through USB, a CVAHU controller can be accessed for configuring, uploading, downloading operations. Refer to Figure 41. Through TR75 Module Configurable network parameters are also accessible through TR75 wall module. From the wall module, CVAHU application can be configured as per requirement. TR75 wall module communicates with CVAHU controller through SYLK bus. It is password protected so that only authorized person perform the configuration operation. For details, refer to STRYKER CVAHU ZIO CUL6438SR- CV1, Configuration Guide. CUL6438SR- CV1 PC with WEBStation - N4 Software USB LON Converter LON Connection Figure 41: Configuration via USB to LON Converter If the CVAHU controller is on the LON network of WEBs controller, it can be accessed through WEBs controller using PC with WEBStation-N4 TM tool installed on it. Refer to Figure 42. WEBs Controller CUL6438SR-CV1 PC with WEBStation-N4 Software LAN LON Connection Figure 42: Configuration via WEBs controller using PC with WEBStation-N4 TM If WEBs controller is commissioned, WEBs controller can be accessed using IP address and CVAHU controller can be configured. Note: WEBStation-N4 TM has in-built CVAHU Configuration Wizard application

50 CVAHU Input and Output Configuration CVAHU controller has six universal inputs, four digital inputs, three analog outputs and eight digital (relay) outputs. The CVAHU controller also accepts inputs from Sylk bus. C7400S humidity and temperature sensor and ZIO family wall modules can be added on the Sylk bus. This feature enhances capacity to add the inputs to the CVAHU controller. In the CVAHU controller, an application is built with required inputs and outputs. General or monitoring inputs and outputs are also available. Inputs and outputs are depend upon selected application and its configuration. For example, if conventional application is selected with dehumidification requirement and differential enthalpy type of economizer, a. Space or return air humidity sensor is mandatory for dehumidification operation and b. outdoor enthalpy sensor and return air enthalpy sensor is mandatory for determining Differential Enthalpy Enable Mode. Outputs Three types of output signal are available in the CVAHU controller. ON/OFF: If output devices is of ON/OFF type, such as fan command or stage command. Analog: This output type is available for final control element with analog actuators. Valve actuators, economizer damper actuators with analog signal are examples of such types. Floating: Floating output is also utilized for the modulating final control elements with floating actuator types. Floating type needs two digital outputs to drive the actuator motor.. Following table shows the available outputs that are configured in the CVAHU controller as per the application requirement Table 12: Outputs Output Default Value Output Name Output Assignment Description Main Outputs Cooling Cool Floating Cooling None One Stage Cooling Two Stage Cooling Three Stage Cooling Four Stage Cooling Cool Analog For the application not utilizing cooling equipment. For single stage cooling, select this option. One digital output is required. For two stage cooling, select this option. Two digital outputs are required. For three stage cooling, select this option. Three digital outputs are required For four stage cooling, select this option. Four digital outputs are required For analog actuator, select this option. Cool Floating For additional parameters related to analog output, refer to Table 31 For floating type actuator, select this option. For additional parameters related to floating output, refer to Table

51 Output Default Value Output Name Output Assignment Description None For the application not utilizing heating equipment. Heating Two Stage Heating Heating One Stage Heating Two Stage Heating Three Stage Heating Four Stage Heating Heat Analog For single stage heating, select this option. One digital output is required. For two stage heating, select this option. Two digital outputs are required. For three stage heating, select this option. Three digital outputs are required For four stage heating, select this option. Four digital outputs are required For analog actuator, select this option. Fan Digital Control Fan Heat Floating None Digital Control For additional parameters related to analog output, refer to Table 31. For floating type actuator, select this option. For additional parameters related to floating output, refer to Table 32. Select if the fan is controlled externally. Select to assign digital output for a fan. Change-Over Relay Economizer Wall Module LED Digital Control Floating Control None Change Over Relay Economizer Wall Module LED None Digital Control None Digital Control Analog Output Floating Output None Analog If change over relay is not required in the Heat Pump application, select this option. In Heat Pump application, if change over relay is required, select this option. If application is 100 % outside or 100 % return without economizer dampers. For packaged type of Economizer damper, select this option. For analog actuator, select this option. For additional parameters related to analog output, refer to Table 31. For floating type actuator, select this option. For additional parameters related to floating output, refer to Table 32. If wall module is without LED status, select this option. If wall module is with LED status, select this option. Simple Dehumidification Digital Control Simple Dehumid None If dehumidification command is not required by the external equipment, select this option

52 Output Default Value Output Name Output Assignment Description Additional Outputs Auxiliary Economizer None Aux Economizer Free Pulse On None Free Pulse On Free Pulse Off None Free Pulse Off Free Digital Output 1 None Free DO1 Digital Control None Digital Control None Digital Control None Digital Control None Digital Control None If dehumidification action is taken by the external equipment and external equipment needs signal, select this potion. If auxiliary economizer is not in the application, select this option. If auxiliary economizer is in the application, select this option. It overrides the external package economizer minimum ventilation position when the effective occupancy is unoccupied and the fan is operating. If free digital output with pulsed output is not required, select this option. If the application requires a pulsed output, select this option. ON Pulse of 2 seconds is generated by this output. If free digital output with pulsed output is not required, select this option. If the application requires a pulsed output, select this option. OFF Pulse of 2 seconds is generated by this output. In the application if free digital output is not required, select this option. In the application, if free digital output requires, select this option. Free output is operated by network variable. If free analog output is not required, select this option. Free Analog output 1 None Free AO1 Analog Floating None If in the application, if free analog output is required, select this option. Output value is varied through network input. Logic can be implemented in the supervisory device related to this output. Refer to Table 31 for additional parameter settings for analog output. If in the application, if free analog output is required, select this option. Output value is varied through network input. Logic can be implemented in the supervisory device related to this output. Refer to Table 32 for additional parameter settings for floating output. In the application if free digital output is not required, select this option. Free Digital Output 2 None Free DO1 Digital Control In the application, if free digital output requires, select this option. Command to this free output is provided through network. Required logic can be written in the supervisory controller and value can

53 Output Default Value Output Name Output Assignment Description be transferred through LON network. None If free analog output is not required, select this option. Free Analog output 2 None Free AO2 Analog If in the application, if free analog output is required, select this option. Output value is varied through network input. Logic can be implemented in the supervisory device related to this output. Refer to Table 31 for additional parameter settings for analog output. Floating If in the application, if free analog output is required, select this option. Output value is varied through network input. Implement logic related to this output in the supervisory controller. Refer to Table 32 for additional parameter settings for floating output. If selected application is Heat Pump, outputs from the Table 13 need to be selected Table 13: Heat Pump Details Output Default Value Output Name Output Assignment Description Main Outputs: Displays the essential Outputs list. None If no need of cooling and heating, select this operation. 1 Compressor Stage For single compressor stage, select this option. One digital output is required. Compressor Stages None HeatCool 2 Compressor Stage For two compressor stages, select this option. Two digital outputs are required. 3 Compressor Stage For three compressor stages, select this option. Three digital outputs are required. 4 Compressor Stage For four compressor stages, select this option. Four digital outputs are required. None If auxiliary heating is not required, select this option. 1 Auxiliary Heating Stage For single auxiliary heating stage, select this option. One digital output is required. Auxiliary Heating Stages None AuxHeat 2 Auxiliary Heating Stage 3 Auxiliary Heating Stage For two auxiliary heating stages, select this option. Two digital outputs are required. For three auxiliary heating stages, select this option. Three digital outputs are required. 4 Auxiliary Heating Stage For four auxiliary heating stages, select this option. Four digital outputs are required. Table 31 shows the additional parameters required to be set for analog output if analog output is selected

54 CVAHU Inputs CVAHU controller has six universal inputs and four digital inputs. Inputs sensors and switches are wired to these input terminals. In the CVAHU controller set of inputs are available as per the selected application and its configuration. Inputs can be configured as per sensor characteristics. Table 14 shows details of inputs and Input Configurations. Table 14: Inputs Input Analog inputs Space Temperature Default Value None Input Name Input Source Description Space Temperature None In the CVAHU controller, either space temperature or return air temperature can be selected as a controlling element. If return air temperature is selected as a controlling element and space temperature is not required, select this option. 20 Kntc Select the temperature sensor with 20 kntc characteristics. TR71/75_Temp Maximum or Multi Inputs Minimum or Multi Inputs Average or Multi Inputs Smart of Multi-Inputs. Custom Sensor 1 Space temperature will be read from ZIO TR71/75 module through Sylk bus. Note : This selection is mandatory if 'Wall Module Type' is selected as 'TR71/75 Wallmodule' Table 15 shows details of Multi space temperature. Maximum of multiple space temperature values will be selected. Table 15 shows details of Multi space temperature. Minimum of multiple space temperature values will be selected. Table 15 shows details of Multi space temperature. Average of multiple space temperature values will be selected. Table 15 shows details of Multi space temperature. Maximum, minimum or average multi space temperature will be selected as per the Effective Temperature as shown in below table: Temperature mode Cool mode Reheat mode Heat mode Emergency mode OFF mode Selection Maximum heat Minimum heat Minimum heat Minimum heat Average heat Sensor with custom characteristics will be selected. Refer to Table 16 for defining custom sensor

55 Input Default Value Input Name Input Source Description Custom Sensor 2 Network Input Space Temp Only parameters to configure custom sensor 1 characteristics. Sensor with custom characteristics will be selected. Refer to Table 16 for defining custom sensor 2 parameters to configure custom sensor 2 characteristics. Space temperature is communicated over LON network through supervisory controller when this option is selected. None If the CVAHU or Heat Pump application does not need space temperature setpoint, select this option. Space Temperature Setpoint None Set Point TR71/75 Setpoint If TR71/75 wall module is configured as a wall module, this selection is available. Select if the application requirement is to adjust the setpoint from TR71/75. TR 2x Setpoint If the TR2X with dial for adjusting setpoint is selected, this option is available. Note: If the system requires dehumidification, then space or return humidity sensor is mandatory to configure. None If the space RH is not required, select this option. 0 to 10V If the space sensor in the application is produces 0-10 V for % RH value, select this option. 2 to 10V If the space sensor in the application is produces 2-10 V for % RH value, select this option. TR71/75_RH If TR71/75 wall module is with space humidity sensor, after selection of this option, CVAHU controller utilizes RH value provided by the TR71/75 Space RH None Space Humidity C7400S_RH_8 C7400S_RH_9 If C7400S SYLK bus enabled sensor is utilized in the application, select this option and set the address of the C7400S as 8. If C7400S SYLK bus enabled sensor is utilized in the application, select this option and set the address of the C7400S as 9. C7400S_RH_10 If C7400S SYLK bus enabled sensor is utilized in the application, select this option and set the address of the C7400S as 10. C7400S_RH_11 If C7400S SYLK bus enabled sensor is utilized in the application, select this option and set the address of the C7400S as 11. C7400S_RH_12 If C7400S SYLK bus enabled sensor is utilized in the application, select this option and set the address of the C7400S as 12. Custom Sensor 1 In the custom sensor selection, the user can define input and output characteristics of the signal. Select custom sensor if sensor has different characteristics than available option

56 Input Default Value Space CO2 None Space CO2 Discharge Air Temperature None Input Name Input Source Description Discharge temperature Custom Sensor 2 Network input Space RH Only None Table 16 shows other parameters need to be set for custom sensor. In the custom sensor selection, user can define input and output characteristics of the signal. Select custom sensor if sensor has different characteristics than available option. Table 16 shows other parameters need to be set for custom sensor. Select this option when space humidity value is passed to the CVAHU controller over a LON network, If the space CO2 is not required, select this option. 0 to 2000 ppm If the CO2 sensor has the range from 0 ppm ppm, select this option. Custom Sensor 1 Custom Sensor 2 Network input Space CO2 Only None In the custom sensor selection, user can define input and output characteristics of the signal. Select custom sensor if sensor has different characteristics than available option. Table 16 shows other parameters need to be set for custom sensor. In the custom sensor selection, user can define input and output characteristics of the signal. Select custom sensor if sensor has different characteristics than available option. Table 16 show other parameters need to be set for custom sensor. Select this option when space CO2value is passed to the CVAHU controller over a LON network If the discharge air temperature is not required, select this option. 20 Kntc Select the temperature sensor with 20 kntc characteristics. C7400S_temp_8 C7400S_temp_9 C7400S_temp_10 C7400S_temp_11 C7400S_temp_12 If C7400S SYLK bus enabled sensor is utilized in the application for discharge air temperature, select this option and set the address of the C7400S as 8. If C7400S SYLK bus enabled sensor is utilized in the application for discharge air temperature, select this option and set the address of the C7400S as 9. If C7400S SYLK bus enabled sensor is utilized in the application for discharge air temperature, select this option and set the address of the C7400S as 10. If C7400S SYLK bus enabled sensor is utilized in the application for discharge air temperature, select this option and set the address of the C7400S as 11. If C7400S SYLK bus enabled sensor is utilized in the application for discharge air temperature, select this option and set the address of the

57 Input Outdoor Air temperature Default Value None Input Name Input Source Description Outdoor Air Temperature Custom Sensor 1 Custom Sensor 2 Network input DischargeAirTempOnly None C7400S as 12. In the custom sensor selection, user can define input and output characteristics of the signal. Select custom sensor if sensor has different characteristics than available option. Table 16 shows other parameters need to be set for custom sensor. In the custom sensor selection, user can define input and output characteristics of the signal. Select custom sensor if sensor has different characteristics than available option. Table 16 shows other parameters need to be set for custom sensor. Select this option when discharge air temperature value is passed to the CVAHU controller over a LON network, If the Outdoor air temperature is not required, select this option. 20 Kntc Select the temperature sensor with 20kntc characteristics. C7400S_temp_8 C7400S_temp_9 C7400S_temp_10 C7400S_temp_11 C7400S_temp_12 Custom Sensor 1 Custom Sensor 2 Network input OdTempOnly If C7400S SYLK bus enabled sensor is utilized in the application for Outdoor air temperature, select this option and set the address of the C7400S as 8. If C7400S SYLK bus enabled sensor is utilized in the application for Outdoor air temperature, select this option and set the address of the C7400S as 9. If C7400S SYLK bus enabled sensor is utilized in the application for Outdoor air temperature, select this option and set the address of the C7400S as 10. If C7400S SYLK bus enabled sensor is utilized in the application for Outdoor air temperature, select this option and set the address of the C7400S as 11. If C7400S SYLK bus enabled sensor is utilized in the application for Outdoor air temperature, select this option and set the address of the C7400S as 12. In the custom sensor selection, user can define input and output characteristics of the signal. Select custom sensor if sensor has different characteristics than available option. Table 16 shows other parameters need to be set for custom sensor. In the custom sensor selection, user can define input and output characteristics of the signal. Select custom sensor if sensor has different characteristics than available option. Select this option when Outdoor air temperature value is passed to the CVAHU controller over a LON network,

58 Input Outdoor Air RH Default Value Input Name Input Source Description None If the Outdoor Air RH is not required, select this option. 0 to 10V If the Outdoor Air sensor in the application is produces 0-10 V for % RH value, select this option. 2 to 10V If the Outdoor Air sensor in the application is produces 2-10 V for % RH value, select this option. C7400S_RH_8 C7400S_RH_9 C7400S_RH_10 C7400S_RH_11 C7400S_RH_12 Custom Sensor 1 Custom Sensor 2 Network input Outdoor Air RH Only None C7400_A_C If C7400S SYLK bus enabled sensor is utilized in the application, select this option and set the address of the C7400S as 8. If C7400S SYLK bus enabled sensor is utilized in the application, select this option and set the address of the C7400S as 9. If C7400S SYLK bus enabled sensor is utilized in the application, select this option and set the address of the C7400S as 10. If C7400S SYLK bus enabled sensor is utilized in the application, select this option and set the address of the C7400S as 11. If C7400S SYLK bus enabled sensor is utilized in the application, select this option and set the address of the C7400S as 12. In the custom sensor selection, user can define input and output characteristics of the signal. Select custom sensor if sensor has different characteristics than available option. Table 16 shows other parameters need to be set for custom sensor. In the custom sensor selection, user can define input and output characteristics of the signal. Select custom sensor if sensor has different characteristics than available option. Table 16 shows other parameters need to be set for custom sensor. Select this option when Outdoor Air humidity value is passed to the CVAHU controller over a LON network. No output is selected If enthalpy sensor is C7400 A C, select this option. Following is the information about the sensor. Outdoor Air Enthalpy None Outdoor Air Enthalpy Outdoor air enthalpy setpoint in ma. C7400A Default: 12 ma C7400C Default: range 20 ma Precision: 2 Note: C7400 sensor are reverse acting, meaning a high ma value means low enthalpy and vice versa

59 Input Default Value Input Name Input Source Description Curve 50 %RH C7400A ma C7400C ma A 73F B 70F C 67F D 63F E 55F NA 19.8 Custom Sensor 1 Sensor with custom characteristics will be selected. Refer to Table 16 for defining custom sensor 1 parameters to configure custom sensor 1 characteristics. Custom Sensor 2 Sensor with custom characteristics will be selected. Refer to Table 16 for defining custom sensor 2 parameters to configure custom sensor 2 characteristics. None If the Return air temperature is not required, select this option. Return Air Temperature None Return Air Temperature 20 Kntc Select the temperature sensor with 20kntc characteristics. C7400S_temp_8 If C7400S SYLK bus enabled sensor is utilized in the application for Return air temperature, select this option and set the address of the C7400S as 8. C7400S_temp_9 If C7400S SYLK bus enabled sensor is utilized in the application for Return air temperature,

60 Input Return Air RH Default Value None Input Name Input Source Description Return Air Humidity C7400S_temp_10 C7400S_temp_11 C7400S_temp_12 Custom Sensor 1 Custom Sensor 2 Network input ReturnAirTempOnly None select this option and set the address of the C7400S as 9. If C7400S SYLK bus enabled sensor is utilized in the application for Return air temperature, select this option and set the address of the C7400S as 10. If C7400S SYLK bus enabled sensor is utilized in the application for Return air temperature, select this option and set the address of the C7400S as 11. If C7400S SYLK bus enabled sensor is utilized in the application for Return air temperature, select this option and set the address of the C7400S as 12. In the custom sensor selection, user can define input and output characteristics of the signal. Select custom sensor if sensor has different characteristics than available option. Table 16 shows other parameters need to be set for custom sensor. In the custom sensor selection, user can define input and output characteristics of the signal. Select custom sensor if sensor has different characteristics than available option. Table 16 shows other parameters need to be set for custom sensor. Select this option when Return air temperature value is passed to the CVAHU controller over a LON network, If the Return Air RH is not required, select this option. 0 to 10V If the Return Air sensor in the application is produces 0-10 V for % RH value, select this option. 2 to 10V If the Return Air sensor in the application is produces 2-10 V for % RH value, select this option. C7400S_RH_8 C7400S_RH_9 C7400S_RH_10 C7400S_RH_11 C7400S_RH_12 Custom Sensor 1 If C7400S SYLK bus enabled sensor is utilized in the application, select this option and set the address of the C7400S as 8. If C7400S SYLK bus enabled sensor is utilized in the application, select this option and set the address of the C7400S as 9. If C7400S SYLK bus enabled sensor is utilized in the application, select this option and set the address of the C7400S as 10. If C7400S SYLK bus enabled sensor is utilized in the application, select this option and set the address of the C7400S as 11. If C7400S SYLK bus enabled sensor is utilized in the application, select this option and set the address of the C7400S as 12. In the custom sensor selection, user can define

61 Input Return Air CO2 Return Air Enthalpy Mixed Air Temperature Default Value None None None Input Name Input Source Description Return Air CO2 Return Air Enthalpy Mixed Air Temperature Custom Sensor 2 Network Input ReturnAirRH Only None input and output characteristics of the signal. Select custom sensor if sensor has different characteristics than available option. Table 16 shows other parameters need to be set for custom sensor. In the custom sensor selection, user can define input and output characteristics of the signal. Select custom sensor if sensor has different characteristics than available option. Table 16 show other parameters need to be set for custom sensor. Select this option when Return Air humidity value is passed to the CVAHU controller over a LON network, No input is selected. 0 to 2000 ppm If the CO2 sensor has the range from ppm, select this option. Custom Sensor 1 Sensor with custom characteristics will be selected. Refer to Table 16 for defining custom sensor 1 parameters to configure custom sensor 1 characteristics. Custom Sensor 2 Sensor with custom characteristics will be selected. Refer to Table 16 for defining custom sensor 2 parameters to configure custom sensor 2 characteristics. Network input ReturnAirCO2 Only None C7400_A_C Custom Sensor 1 Custom Sensor 2 None Return air CO2 is communicated over LON network through supervisory controller when this option is selected. No input is selected If enthalpy sensor is C7400 A C, select this option. Sensor with custom characteristics will be selected. Refer to Table 16 for defining custom sensor 1 parameters to configure custom sensor 1 characteristics. Sensor with custom characteristics will be selected. Refer to Table 16for defining custom sensor 2 parameters to configure custom sensor 2 characteristics. If the Mixed air temperature is not required, select this option. 20 Kntc Select the temperature sensor with 20kntc characteristics. C7400S_temp_8 C7400S_temp_9 If C7400S SYLK bus enabled sensor is utilized in the application for Mixed air temperature, select this option and set the address of the C7400S as 8. If C7400S SYLK bus enabled sensor is utilized in the application for Mixed air temperature, select this option and set the address of the

62 Input Filter Static Pressure Diff Monitor Sensor Default Value None None Input Name Input Source Description Pressure Diff Monitor Sensor C7400S_temp_10 C7400S_temp_11 C7400S_temp_12 Custom Sensor 1 Custom Sensor 2 Network input MaT Only None Pressure 0 to 0.25 in Wc Pressure 0 to 2.5 in Wc Pressure 0 to 5 in Wc Custom Sensor 1 Custom Sensor 2 None C7400S as 9. If C7400S SYLK bus enabled sensor is utilized in the application for Mixed air temperature, select this option and set the address of the C7400S as 10. If C7400S SYLK bus enabled sensor is utilized in the application for Mixed air temperature, select this option and set the address of the C7400S as 11. If C7400S SYLK bus enabled sensor is utilized in the application for Mixed air temperature, select this option and set the address of the C7400S as 12. In the custom sensor selection, user can define input and output characteristics of the signal. Select custom sensor if sensor has different characteristics than available option. Table 16 shows other parameters need to be set for custom sensor. In the custom sensor selection, user can define input and output characteristics of the signal. Select custom sensor if sensor has different characteristics than available option. Table 16 shows other parameters need to be set for custom sensor. Select this option when Mixed air temperature value is passed to the CVAHU controller over a LON network, No output is selected If pressure sensor is set with 0 to 0.25 in Wc range, select this option If pressure sensor is set with 0 to 2.5 in Wc range, select this option If pressure sensor is set with 0 to 5 in Wc range, select this option Sensor with custom characteristics will be selected. Refer to Table 16 for defining custom sensor 1 parameters to configure custom sensor 1 characteristics. Sensor with custom characteristics will be selected. Refer to Table 16 for defining custom sensor 2 parameters to configure custom sensor 2 characteristics. No output is selected 20 Kntc Select the temperature sensor with 20kntc characteristics. Custom Sensor 1 Sensor with custom characteristics will be selected. Refer to Table 16 for defining custom sensor 1 parameters to configure custom sensor

63 Input Default Value Input Name Input Source Description Custom Sensor 2 characteristics. Sensor with custom characteristics will be selected. Refer to Table 16 for defining custom sensor 2 parameters to configure custom sensor 2 characteristics. 0 to 10V Generic If the sensor is with 0 V - 10 V signal, select this option. RH 0 to 10V RH 2 to 10V Pressure 0 to 0.25 in Wc Pressure 0 to 2.5 in Wc Pressure 0 to 5 in Wc CO2 2 to 2000 ppm C7400_A_C C7400S_temp_8 C7400S_temp_9 C7400S_temp_10 C7400S_temp_11 C7400S_temp_12 C7400S_RH_8 C7400S_RH_9 C7400S_RH_10 C7400S_RH_11 C7400S_RH_12 If selected sensor is humidity sensor with 0 V - 10 V range, select this option If selected sensor is humidity sensor with 2 V - 10 V range, select this option If pressure sensor is set with 0 to 0.25 in Wc range, select this option If pressure sensor is set with 0 to 2.5 in Wc range, select this option If pressure sensor is set with 0 to 5 in Wc range, select this option If the CO2 sensor has the range from 0 ppm ppm, select this option. If C7400_A_C enthalpy sensor is required, select this option. If C7400S_temp sensor is selected, it is connected to Sylk Bus of controller with Sylk Bus address 8. If C7400S_temp sensor is selected, it is connected to Sylk Bus of controller with Sylk Bus address 9. If C7400S_temp sensor is selected, it is connected to Sylk Bus of controller with Sylk Bus address 10. If C7400S_temp sensor is selected, it is connected to Sylk Bus of controller with Sylk Bus address 11. If C7400S_temp sensor is selected, it is connected to Sylk Bus of controller with Sylk Bus address 12. If C7400S_RH sensor is selected, it is connected to Sylk Bus of controller with Sylk Bus address 8. If C7400S_RH sensor is selected, it is connected to Sylk Bus of controller with Sylk Bus address 9. If C7400S_RH sensor is selected, it is connected to Sylk Bus of controller with Sylk Bus address 10. If C7400S_RH sensor is selected, it is connected to Sylk Bus of controller with Sylk Bus address 11. If C7400S_RH sensor is selected, it is connected to Sylk Bus of controller with Sylk Bus address

64 Input Digital Inputs Wall Module occupancy Override Occupancy Sensor Proof of Airflow Default Value None None None Input Name Input Source Description Zone override Occupancy Sensor Proof of Airflow None Digital normally Open None Digital normally Open Digital normally Closed None Digital normally Open Digital normally Closed Network Input Proof of Airflow Only If in the application, Occupancy Override from the wall module is not required, select this option. If in the application, Occupancy Override is required from the wall module, select this option. If in the application, Occupancy sensor is not required, select this option. Select this option when Occupancy Sensor is required. As it is normally open, False=Open True=Closed. Select this option when Occupancy Sensor is required. As it is normally Closed False=Close True=Open If in the application, proof of flow is not required, select this option. Select this option when Proof of Airflow is required. As it is normally open, False=Open True=Closed. Select this option Proof of Airflow is required. As it is normally Closed False=Close True=Open If proof of airflow is communicated over LON network through supervisory controller select this option Economizer Enable None Econ Enable IAQ Override None IAQ override If the 'Economizer Type' is selected as 'Digital Input' in configuration, this option enables otherwise it is disable. None Digital normally Open Digital normally Closed None Digital normally Open If in the application, Economizer is not required, select this option. Select this option when Economizer is required. As it is normally open, False=Open True=Close Select this option when Economizer is required. As it is normally Closed False=Close True=Open If in the application, IAQ Override is not required, select this option. Select this option when IAQ Override is required

65 Input Coil Freeze Status Smoke Monitor Default Value None None Input Name Input Source Description Coil Freeze Smoke Monitor Dirty Filter None Dirty Filter Digital normally Closed Network Input IAQ Override Only None Digital normally Open Digital normally Closed Network Input Coil Freeze Status Only None Digital normally Open Digital normally Closed Network Input Smoke Monitor Only None Digital normally Open Digital normally Closed As it is normally open, False=Open True=Close Select this option when IAQ Override is required. As it is normally Closed False=Close True=Open IAQ Override is communicated over LON network through supervisory controller when this option is selected. If in the application, Coil Freeze Status is not required, select this option. Select this option when Coil Freeze Status is required. As it is normally open, False=Open True=Close Select this option when Coil Freeze Status is required. As it is normally Closed False=Close True=Open Coil Freeze Status is communicated over LON network through supervisory controller when this option is selected. If in the application, Smoke Monitor is not required, select this option. Select this option when Smoke Monitor is required. As it is normally open, False=Open True=Close Select this option when Smoke Monitor is required. As it is normally Closed False=Close True=Open Smoke Monitor is communicated over LON network through supervisory controller when this option is selected. If in the application, Dirty Filter is not required, select this option. As it is normally open, Select this option when Dirty Filter is required. As it is normally open, False=Open True=Close As it is normally closed, Select this option when Dirty Filter is required

66 Input Shutdown Switch Window Switch Monitor Switch WSHP Enable Default Value None None None None Input Name Input Source Description Shutdown Open Window Switch Monitor WSHP Enable Network Input Dirty Filter Only None Digital normally Open Digital normally Closed Network Input Shutdown Switch Only None Digital normally Open Digital normally Closed None Digital normally Open Digital normally Closed Network Input Monitor Switch Only None As it is normally Closed False=Close True=Open Dirty Filter is communicated over LON network through supervisory controller when this option is selected. If in the application, Shutdown Switch is not required, select this option. Select this option when Shutdown Switch is required. As it is normally open, False=Open True=Close Select this option when Shutdown Switch is required. As it is normally Closed False=Close True=Open Shutdown Switch is communicated over LON network through supervisory controller when this option is selected. If freeze protection mode is not required, select this option. Select this option when Shutdown Switch is required. As it is normally open, False=Open True=Close Select this option when Shutdown Switch is required. As it is normally Closed False=Close True=Open If in the application, Monitor Switch is not required, select this option. As it is normally open, Select this option when Monitor Switch is required. As it is normally open, False=Open True=Close As it is normally closed, Select this option when Monitor Switch is required. As it is normally Closed False=Close True=Open Monitor Switch is communicated over LON network through supervisory controller when this option is selected. If in the application, WSHP is not required, select this option

67 Input Default Value Input Name Input Source Description Digital normally Open Digital normally Closed Network Input WSHP Enable Only Select this option when WSHP is required. As it is normally open, False=Open True=Closed. Select this option when WSHP is required. As it is normally Closed False=Close True=Open WSHP is communicated over LON network through supervisory controller when this option is selected. Table 15 shows multi space temperature configuration. If the given application has two or more space temperature, then upto five space sensors can be configured. Table 15: Multi Space Temperature Input Default Value Input name Input Source Space temperature 1 None Space temp1 Space temperature 2 None Space temp 2 Space temperature 3 None Space temp 3 Space temperature 4 None Space temp 4 None 20Kntc TR 2x 20Kntc TR71/75_Temp Custom Sensor 1 Custom Sensor 2 Network Input SpaceTemp Only None 20Kntc TR 2x 20Kntc TR71/75_Temp Custom Sensor 1 Custom Sensor 2 Network Input SpaceTemp Only None 20Kntc TR 2x 20Kntc TR71/75_Temp Custom Sensor 1 Custom Sensor 2 Network Input SpaceTemp Only None 20Kntc TR 2x 20Kntc TR71/75_Temp

68 Input Default Value Input name Input Source Space temperature 5 None Space temp 5 Custom Sensor 1 Custom Sensor 2 Network Input SpaceTemp Only None 20Kntc TR 2x 20Kntc TR71/75_Temp Custom Sensor 1 Custom Sensor 2 Network Input SpaceTemp Only Table 16: Custom Sensors Input Default Value Input Source Description Sensor Name Custom Sensor 1/ Custom Sensor 2 Custom Sensor 1/ Custom Sensor 2 Custom sensor type is configured when using third party sensors with the controller. It allows creating maximum of two sensor types. None Displays non configurable type of sensor Sensor type Resistive Voltage Displays voltage type of sensor Resistive Displays Resistive type of sensor Area Current Density Energy Energy Transfer Enthalpy Enthalpy-Delta Frequency Humidity Absolute Unit measure Unit-less Illumination Length Displays all unit categories supported by the controller. Mass Flow Parts per million Percentage Pressure Resistance Revolution Speed Temperature Temperature-Delta Temperature-Delta per Time

69 Input Default Value Input Source Description Time Unit-less Voltage Volume Volumetric Flow mass Specification sheet unit type VAL-float Appropriate unit can be selected as per the unit categories selected from 'Unit measure' above. Specification Sheet Unit Type depends on the Unit Measure parameter. For example, if Unit Measurer is Speed, then Specification sheet Unit Type could be any of Meter Per Second, Feet Per Second or Feet Per Minutes. Application Unit type VAL-float Appropriate unit can be selected as per the unit categories selected from 'Unit measure' above. Application Unit Type changes as per Unit Measure selection. Following are the few examples. Temperature: F Temperature Setpoint: DDF or F Humidity: % CO2 : ppm Pressure: in. of water column Configuration Wizard allows user to assign Input and output terminals. Sequence of Operation This section explains control sequence associated with Conventional/Modulating and Heat Pump applications and their configurations. Main Sensor In the CVAHU controller, heating and cooling are operated based upon either space temperature or return air temperature. So, any one of these two air temperature sensors can be selected as a main sensor for operating heating and cooling. When return air temperature is selected as a main sensor, then return air humidity sensor should be selected as a main sensor for dehumidification operation. The value of the parameter Main Sensor (ncicontrol_mainsensor) determines the main sensor. It has two valid values: SpaceTemp [0]) [Default] ReturnTemp [1]) Important In this guide space temperature is mentioned as a control element. However user can select space temperature or return air temperature as a control element. If space temperature is selected as a control element, then heating and cooling is operated to maintain space temperature to the setpoint. If return air temperature is selected as a control element, then heating and cooling is operated to maintain the return air temperature to the setpoints. Wall Modules Stryker CVAHU controller has a configurable parameter (nciwallmod_type) for selecting the wall module type. Value set in the parameter determines wall module type selected for the given application. 0 - None 1 - Conventional Wall Module 2 - TR71/75 Wall Module (Zio Module) Refer to the following sections for details on features and parameters of these wall module types:

70 Conventional Wall Module This section describes conventional wall module. Conventional wall module is utilized in the application if nciwallmod Type parameter can be set either from CVAHU Configuration Wizard or from Conventional Wall Module [1]. Conventional wall modules such as Honeywell TR20 series wallmodules are available with the following Inputs/Outputs: Space Temperature: Universal Input Temperature Setpoint: Universal Input Override Button: Digital Input LED Status: Analog Output These Inputs/outputs can be configured in the CVAHU controller as per the application requirements. Space Temperature: Space temperature can be configured in the input configuration. Temperature Setpoint: It is utilized to determine the Effective Occupied Setpoints and Effective Standby Setpoints. It is provided to adjust the Occupied and Standby setpoints as per the user s comfort. Stryker CVAHU controller supports the following two methods of varying the temperature setpoint using knob: Absolute Middle Relative or Offset For details on how to determine Effective Occupied/Standby Setpoints, Refer to Wall Module Setpoint section. Override Button: Override button is available on the wall module, can be wired to the digital input of the CVAHU controller, and is configured in the CVAHU controller input. This button is utilized to override the occupancy during Unoccupied Mode for a short duration. For example, if the system is scheduled to be Unoccupied for full day on a Holiday and the cleaning crew is going to work for three hours, then they can switch the system to Occupied or Standby Mode for a short duration of three hours. Override button plays a role in determining Effective Occupancy Mode. For details, refer to Effective Occupancy Mode Determination and Manual Override Determination sections. In case, if Override Button is also configured in the CVAHU controller, then following two parameters associated to Occupied button need to be configured. Override Button Behavior: There are three valid states Normal, Bypass Only, and Override Disable. Override Duration (nciwallmod_bypasstime, Default: 180 minutes) CVAHU controller determines the Effective WM Override State using Override button behavior, Override duration, and the time duration for which the button is pressed. Refer to Table 17 to view the WM Override State, which is utilized for determining the Effective Occupancy Mode. Table 17: WM Override State Override Button Held Down Override Behavior WM Override State Comment 0.2 to 1.1 second Don t care OCCNUL No Override (Cancel) 1.2 to 4 second Normal or Bypass only BYPASS Timed Occupied Override Timer (Re) loaded whenever the button is pressed for this duration. WM Override is set to OCCNUL when timer expires. Disabled No change Button is ignored 4.1 to 7 second Normal UNOCC Unit will go in Unoccupied mode Bypass Only OCCNUL No Override (Cancel) Disabled No change Button is ignored Longer than 7.1 second Don t care OCCNUL No Override (Cancel) Wall Module LED: Few TR20 series modules have LED status. This LED status provides feedback of the Override state. Configure the analog output for this LED status and wire it to the LED status terminals of the wall module if Override Occupancy Status is required in the application. Normally, the LED provides the feedback of the Effective Override State with an exception. While the Override

71 button is being pressed, the LED reflects the state of the Override button. After keeping the Override button continuously pressed, the requested state progresses from Cancel to Bypass to Unoccupied and finally back to Cancel. The LED blinks for each of these states to indicate the WM Override states. Occupancy is overridden to the last state occurred when the button is released. (Refer to Table 17). For example, after pressing the Override button: If the override button is pressed continuously for 0.2 seconds, the LED goes OFF indicating that the Wall Module Bypass State is cancelled. So if user releases the button at this moment, Wall Module Override State will be cancelled and Unit will run as per the Occupancy Schedule. If override button is pressed continuously for 1.2 seconds, the LED turns ON, indicating that the unit is overridden to Bypass State. At the same time bypass timer is reloaded. If user releases the button at this moment, the unit enters in Bypass Mode for the time period entered in the Bypass Timer. If override button is pressed continuously for 4.1 seconds, the LED starts blinking at 1 flash per second and unit s Occupancy is overridden to Unoccupied Mode. If the user releases the button at this moment, the unit enters in Unoccupied Mode. If override button is pressed continuously for 7.1 seconds, the LED turns OFF and wall module override states are get cancelled. If user releases button at this moment, the units runs as per the Occupancy Schedule. Internally, the bypass timer counts down in seconds. When the override button is ON, one sec delay timer is started. The LED continues to provide the feedback to the Wall Module override state for this period. When the timer expires, the LED resumes normal operations of feedback of the Effective Override State. The delay allows the logic to catch up with the wall module request and helps prevent any confusion at the Wall Module (Refer to Table 18). Table 18: LED States for Effective Override State/WM Override Result: LED OFF ON Blinking Effective Override State or WM Override Override is canceled. Bypass Unoccupied TR71/75 module provides: Space Temperature Configuration of the space temperature is available in the input configuration. Space Temperature Setpoint This setpoint works in a way similar to the setpoint of the conventional wall module. However physical input is not required and communicates over SYLK bus. For details, refer to Wall Module Setpoints section. Configurable parameters When TR721/75 is selected as a Wall Module, then following parameters/features are available: 1. System Switch System Switch and HVAC Mode are utilized to determine the Effective Temperature Mode. For details, refer to Effective Temperature Mode Determination section. 2. Allow Auto Change over This parameter can be set to Yes or No through CVAHU Configuration Wizard. This parameter is available as a network input (ncicontrolautochgover, Default: Enable) and user can set it through network. When enabled, it allows changing the Effective Temperature Mode as per the space temperature and Effective Heating and Cooling Setpoints, provided System switch and HVAC mode should be in Auto Mode.. For example, if Space Temperature = 76 F, Effective Heating Setpoint = 70 F, Effective Cooling Setpoint = 74 F. Then based on these values, Effective Temperature Mode will be Cooling and Effective Setpoint will be Cooling Setpoint. 3. Engineering units (nciwallmod_tempunits, Default: F) Engineering units for temperature on LCD display can be configured as per user preference in either F or C. 4. Contactor Mode password (Default: 0000) Only authorized person can access all configurable parameters & can configure as per application requirements through TR75 as it is password protected. TR71/75 Wall Module This section describes TR71/75 wall module. When wall module type (nciwallmod_type = 2) is selected as TR71/75 then CVAHU controller uses this module and communicates with it via SYLK bus

72 Effective Occupancy Mode Determination Effective Occupancy Mode is determined with the following parameters: 1. Occupancy Schedule 2. Net Manual Occupancy 3. Wall Module Override Button 4. Occupancy Sensor (Digital Input) The brief description of these sections and how they are used to determine the Effective Occupancy is as follows. Occupancy Schedule Stryker CVAHU controller has an internal Occupancy Schedule for determining the Occupancy Mode of the system. Hence, it is capable of performing standalonescheduling operations. The schedule parameters can be set using CVAHU Configuration Wizard (Through WEBStation-N4 software tool) or using TR75 module in configuration mode. Following are the available states of the schedule. 1. Current State 2. Scheduled Next State 3. Time Period of Next State CVAHU controller can also accept schedule from supervisory devices, such as, WEBs controller over a LONWORKS network. Following are the network inputs which receive the schedule parameters from schedule resides in supervisory device or other device over a LON network. 1. nvitodevent_currentstate 2. nvitodevent_nextstate 3. nvitodevent_timetonextstate Following is the detailed explanation of these states Current State: This is the current Occupancy State of the Occupancy Schedule. The unit runs according to the current state. Available Current States: 1. 0-Occupied 2. 1-Unoccupied 3. 2-Standby 4. 4-BYpass Next State: It is the next state which occurs when current state expires Occupied 2. 1-Unoccupied 3. 2-Standby 4. 4-BYpass E.g. If the schedule is scheduled as follows, 6.00 AM to 6.00 PM - Occupied 6.00 PM to 9.00 PM - Unoccupied 9.00 PM to 6.00 AM - Standby Whereas current time is 3.00 PM, in this case current state will be Occupied and Next State will be Unoccupied, and Time to Next state will be 3 hours. If time is PM, then current state is Unoccupied, Next State is Standby and Time to Next State is 8 hours. Next State and Time to Next state parameters are utilized to calculate Recovery setpoint. Time To Next State: This provides time difference between Current State and next State. Following are the states available in the schedule reside in the controller. Net Manual Occupancy Note: The priority of network schedule is always higher than the internal CVAHU schedule. So, when CVAHU is scheduled over a network, then CVAHU runs according to the network schedule. For details refer to Schedule section Net Manual Occupancy can be manually set from the network. It depends on the following two parameters: 1. Network Bypass State (nvibypass_state, Default: null) 2. Network Manual Occupancy (nviocccmd_occupancy, Default: null)

73 Network Bypass State Net Manual Occupancy Net Manual Occupancy Network Manual Occupancy Figure 43: Net Manual Occupancy Network Bypass State When Network Bypass State (NetBypassState) is set to ON state and network bypass value (NetByapssValue) is set greater than 1 %, then Net Manual Occupancy will be set to Bypass state till bypass time (nciwallmos_bypasstime, Default: 180 minutes) expires, and during this time, it will ignore the State of the Network Manual Occupancy input. Network Manual Occupancy Network Manual Occupancy (nvimanocc_occupancy) is a network point that determines the Net Manual Occupancy state. Following states are available for setting Network Manual Occupancy: The output of the block (Net Manual Occupancy) will go in Bypass State for the period specified in the Bypass Timer ((nciwallmos_bypasstime, Default: 180 minutes). During this time, input provided by Network Manual Occupancy (nvimanocc_occupancy) will be ignored. When bypass time expires, the output (Net Manual Occupancy) will be as per the nvimanocc_occupancy). The output of this block (Net Manual Occupancy), is not visible to user. Here it is explained as it play role in determining Effective Occupancy State. This output is input of the block shown in the Figure 44. Figure 46 shows relation of all blocks and parameters together to determine how the Effective Occupancy gets determined. Null (Default state) 0: Occupied 1: Unoccupied 2: Bypass 3: Standby Manual Override Determination Manual Override Determination mechanism is used to determine the value of Manual Override state. This value is used as one of the deciding factors for determining Effective Occupancy State. Following example explains the operation of this block (Refer to Figure 43), Suppose user sets the Network Bypass State (NetBypassState) ON and network bypass value to greater than 1% The final value of Manual Override State depends on the following two parameters: 1. Net Man Occ (Net Manual Occupancy) 2. WM Override (WM Override)

74 Net Man Occ Occ,Stby,Byp,Unocc,Null WM Override Occ,Stby,Byp,Unocc,Null Manual Overrride Determination Manual Override State Figure 44: Manual Override Determination Network Man Occ For details, refer to Net Manual Occupancy section. WM Override (Wall Module) Wall module override signal comes from wall module. As in CVAHU two types of wall modules can be configured, the signal varies as per the configured wall module. Following are the details of the wall module types: Conventional Wall Module Conventional wall module inputs and outputs are wired to the CVAHU controller physically. Conventional wall modules such as TR23 has Override button on the thermostat (which is wired to the digital input of the CVAHU controller, and user can press this button) to override the occupancy. These wall modules are also available with Override Status LED and Space Temperature Setpoint input. Note: For details, refer to Wall Module section. TR71/75 Wall Module This wall module communicates with the CVAHU controller over a SYLK bus. User can override the occupancy state through the TR71. The overridden state is reflected on the TR71 LCD screen. Following states are valid for WM Override: Null (Default state) 0: Occupied 1: Unoccupied 2: Bypass 3: Standby Table 19 determines the Manual Override State based on the values of Network Man Occ (It is the output of the block shown in Figure 43) and VM Override coming from wall thermostat. As mentioned in the table, it is clear that the last input wins

75 Table 19: Manual Override Determination Net Man Occ WM Override Manual Override State Comment OCC Don t Care OCC Result set to Network Man Occ. UNOCC Don t Care UNOCC Result set to Network Man Occ. BYPASS Don t Care BYPASS Result set to Network Man Occ. STANDBY Don t Care STANDBY Result set to Network Man Occ. OCCNUL Don t Care OCCNUL Override cancelled. Don t Care OCC OCC Result set to the wall module override. Don t Care STANDBY STANDBY Result set to the wall module override. Don t Care BYPASS BYPASS Result set to the wall module override. Don t Care UNOCC UNOCC Result set to the wall module override. Don t Care OCCNUL OCCNUL Override cancelled. Effective Occupancy Determination Effective Occupancy Determination mechanism is used to compute the Effective Occupancy State. The final value of Effective Occupancy State depends on the following four parameters: 1. Manual Override State: Refer to Table 19 on how to determine this state. It is the output of the block shown in Figure 44). 2. Occ Sensor: It is a Digital Input 3. Schedule Current State 4. Occ Sensor Operation (ncimisccontrol_occsensorop, Default: ConfRm) Manual Override State Occ Sensor Schedule Current State Occ Sensor Operation Conference Room/ Cleaning Crew/Tenant Effective Occupancy Determination Effective Occupancy State Figure 45: Effective Occupancy Determination Note: OCCNUL is not a valid output. If all inputs are OCCNUL, then output will be set to occupied

76 Manual Override State: Manual Override State is the output of the block shown in Figure 44. Please refer to details for how it is determined. Manual Override State is determined based on wall module override button and Net Manual Occupancy. Occupancy Sensor Occupancy Sensor also play role in determining Effective Occupancy State. Refer to Table 20 to see how Occupancy Sensor plays role in determining Effective Occupancy State. Occupancy sensor can be a digital input (PIR sensor) wired to the CVAHU controller or network input. Digital input has priority over the network input. If digital input is not configured, then network input is considered. Value to the network input can be passed through other device over a LON network, Occupancy Sensor has following states, Occupied Unoccupied Null (this state is available only for network input) For digital input, transition from Occupied to Unoccupied takes place immediately. For network input, there is a delay of 300 seconds between the transition from Occupied to unoccupied state. Occupancy Sensor Operation Occupancy Sensor Operation (ncimisccontrol_occsnesorop, Default: ConfRm). This parameter setting and Occupancy Sensor determines the Effective Occupancy when Scheduled Occupancy is in Unoccupied Mode. Following settings are available: 1. OnOcCleanCrew: If Occupancy Sensor Operation is set to this state and the system is in Unoccupied Mode, then the system will go in Standby Mode on detecting the Occupancy. 2. ConfRm: No action is taken when Occupancy is detected. This mode can be selected to save energy. 3. UnOcTenant: If Occupancy Sensor Operation is set to this state and the system is in Unoccupied Mode, then the system will go in Occupied Mode on detecting the Occupancy. Refer to Table 20 for determining Effective Occupancy State depending on the value of the parameters associated to it. Note: For details, refer to Manual Override Determination section. Schedule Current State It is the current state of the Occupancy Schedule

77 Manual Override State Schedule Current State Table 20: Effective Occupancy Determination Occ Sensor Occ Sensor Operation Effective Occupancy State Comments OCC Don t Care Don t Care Don t Care OCC Result = Manual Override State STANDBY Don t Care Don t Care Don t Care STANDBY Result = Manual Override State UNOCC Don t Care Don t Care Don t Care UNOCC Result = Manual Override State BYPASS OCC Don t Care Don t Care OCC Result stays at occupied because bypass is not effective when scheduled for occupied. BYPASS STANDBY Don t Care Don t Care BYPASS Result = bypass BYPASS UNOCC Don t Care Don t Care BYPASS Result = bypass BYPASS OCCNUL OCC Don t Care OCC Result follows occupancy sensor BYPASS OCCNUL UNOCC Don t Care BYPASS Result follows manual override BYPASS OCCNUL OCCNUL Don t Care OCC When occupancy sensor is null, default to occupied. OCCNUL STANDBY Don t Care Don t Care STANDBY Result = scheduled state. OCCNUL OCC OCC Don t Care OCC Result = Occupied. OCCNUL OCC UNOCC Don t Care STANDBY Result = Scheduled to be occupied however room is unoccupied. So, system switches to standby mode to save energy. OCCNUL OCC OCCNUL Don t Care OCC Sensor not present so use schedule. OCCNUL UNOCC UNOCC Don t Care UNOCC Result = Unoccupied. OCCNUL UNOCC OCCNUL Don t Care UNOCC Sensor not present so schedule is used. OCCNUL OCCNUL OCC Don t Care OCC Result = Occupancy sensor state. OCCNUL OCCNUL UNOCC Don t Care UNOCC Result = Occupancy sensor state. OCCNUL OCCNUL OCCNUL Don t Care OCC Result = Occupied because the LONMARK SCC sets a null occupancy sensor to Occupied. OCCNUL UNOCC OCC Conference Room OCCNUL UNOCC OCC Cleaning Crew UNOCC STANDBY Stay unoccupied regardless of what the sensor says (i.e. save energy). Scheduled to be unoccupied however, the room is actually occupied, so the system switches to standby mode for the comfort of the cleaning crew. OCCNUL UNOCC OCC Tenant OCC Scheduled to be unoccupied however the room is actually occupied, so the system switches to occupied mode for the comfort of the tenant

78 Figure 46 illustrates overall combined relationship of the inputs and outputs of various blocks to determine Effective Occupancy. All the blocks are explained separately. Network Bypass State Network Manual Occupancy Net Manual Occupancy Net Man Occ Occ,Stby,Byp,Unocc,Null WM Override Occ,Stby,Byp,Unocc,Null Manual Overrride Determination Manual Override State Occ Sensor Schedule Current State Occ Sensor Operation Conference Room/ Cleaning Crew/Tenant Effective Occupancy Determination Effective Occupancy State Figure 46: Effective Occupancy State Calculation Effective Occupancy States: Following are the valid effective Occupancy States, 1. OCC: This is the Occupied State. During this state, the unit runs in Occupied Mode and maintains Occupied Space Temperature Setpoints. 2. UNOCC: This is Unoccupied State. During this state unit maintains Unoccupied Temperature Setpoints and runs intermittently when there is a call for heating or cooling. 3. BYPASS: When unit is scheduled to Unoccupied Mode, user can put the unit in Bypass Mode for short time period. In Bypass mode, unit maintains Occupied Space Temperatures to provide comfort to the user. 4. STANDBY: In the Standby Mode, unit runs to maintain Standby Space Temperature Setpoints. Standby Space Temperature Setpoints are little relaxed to save energy. System Operation during Standby Mode: Standby Mode Operation parameter (ncimisccontrol_occstandby: Default: StandbyAsUnOc) determines the operation of the system when Effective Occupancy Mode is Standby. 1. Standby as Unoccupied: If the parameter is set to Standby as Unoccupied, then the unit will operate in Unoccupied Mode. However, it will maintain Standby Setpoints. 2. Standby as Occupied: If the parameter is set to Standby as Occupied, then the unit will operate in Occupied Mode and will maintain Standby Setpoints

79 Temperature Setpoint Determination Effective Occupancy Current State Occ,Stby,Byp,Unocc Schedule Next State Occ,Stby,Byp,Unocc,Null Setpoint Float (Absolute Middle/Offset) Manual Override State Occ,Stby,Byp,Unocc,Null Heat Ramp Rate 0 to +Infinity Cool Ramp Rate 0 to +Infinity Temperature Setpoint Calculation Six internal setpoints Effective Heat Setpoint Effective Cool Setpoint Figure 47: Temperature Setpoint Calculation Zone Network Setpoints Zone Network Setpoints are six network setpoints, internally utilized by the Temperature Setpoint Calculation block to calculate the Effective Heating/Cooling Setpoints. Occupied Heating Setpoint (ncitempsetpoints_occheat, Default: 70 F) Unoccupied Heating Setpoint (ncitempsetpoints_unoccheat Default: 60 F) Standby Heating Setpoint (ncitempsetpoints_stdbyheat, Default: 67 F) Occupied Cooling Setpoint (ncitempsetpoints_occcool, Default: 74 F) Unoccupied Cooling Setpoint (ncitempsetpoints_unocccool, Default: 85 F) Standby Cooling Setpoint (ncitempsetpoints_stdbycool, Default: 76 F) Effective occupancy current state 2. When the Effective Occupancy Current state is standby, then it utilizes standby setpoints. 3. When Effective Occupancy Sate is Unoccupied, then the algorithm utilizes Unoccupied Cooling and Heating Setpoints to determine the Effective Cooling and Heating Setpoints. Schedule next state Valid values: Occ, Stdby, Unocc, Null The adaptive recovery algorithm uses Schedule next state. The current setpoint (The setpoint in Unocc state) is ramped up or ramped down to the setpoint required by the next scheduled state. For example, if the current state is unoccupied and the Heating Unoccupied Setpoint is 60 F. The next state according to the schedule is Occupied with the required setpoint as 70 F, and then the setpoint is ramped up to reach the next scheduled setpoints (Refer to Table 21). Valid values: Occ, Stdby, Byp, Unocc The current occupancy state is used to determine the effective setpoints occupancy. For four possible states, the algorithm utilizes the following three types of setpoints: 1. When the Effective Occupancy Current state is occupied or bypass, then it utilizes occupied setpoints

80 Table 21: Schedule Next State - Example Current Condition Next Scheduled Condition Result State Unoccupied Occupied The recovery algorithm ramps up the setpoint Heating Setpoint 60 F 70 F from 60 F to 70 F. Wall Module Setpoint This setpoint plays a role in determining Effective Occupied Heating Setpoint and Effective Occupied Cooling Setpoint. With the use of this setpoint, user can slightly alter the Occupied Setpoints according to the required comfort level.. This setpoint is utilized or ignored as per the user s preference by the parameter nciwallmod_type (Default: Ignore Wall Module Setpoint [0]) It has two states, 1. Use Wall Module Setpoint [1]: Wall module setpoint plays a role in determining Effective Occupied Heating and Cooling Setpoints. 2. Ignore Wall Module Setpoint [0]: Effective Occupied Heating and Cooling Setpoints are determined by network setpoints. Wall module setpoint is ignored. This setpoint can be calculated by two different methods: Absolute Middle If the setpoint coming from the wall module is greater than 9 F, then the effective setpoints will be calculated as: For Occupied Mode: [Occ Zero Energy Band] = [Programmed Occupied Cooling Setpoint] [Programmed Occupied Heating Setpoint] [Effective Heating Setpoint] = [Wall Module Setpoint] [½ Occ Zero Energy Band] [Effective Cooling Setpoint] = [Wall Module Setpoint] + [½ Occ Zero Energy Band] For Standby Mode: [Standby Zero Energy Band] = [Programmed Standby- Cooling Setpoint] [Programmed Standby-Heating Setpoint] [Effective Cooling Setpoint] = [Wall Module Setpoint] + [½ Standby Zero Energy Band] Absolute middle setpoint coming from the wall module is limited by the following parameters: Center Setpoint Low Limit (nciwallmod_lowsetpt, Default: 55 F) Center Setpoint High Limit (nciwallmod_highsetpt, Default: 85 F) Center setpoint always lies between the values specified by these parameters. This prevents the setpoint from being too low or too high Offset If the setpoint coming from the wall module is less than 10 F, then the effective setpoints are calculated as: For Occupied Mode: [Effective Heating Setpoint] = [Programmed Occupied Heating Setpoint] [Wall Module Setpoint] [Effective Cooling Setpoint] = [Programmed Occupied Cooling] Setpoint] + [Wall Module Setpoint] For Standby Mode: [Effective Heating Setpoint] = [Programmed Standby- Heating Setpoint] [Wall Module Setpoint] [Effective Cooling Setpoint] = [Programmed Standby- Cooling Setpoint] + [Wall Module Setpoint] Note: If the wall module setpoint is less than 10 F, it is considered as an offset. If the wall module setpoint is greater than 9 F, then it is considered as middle value. [Effective Heating Setpoint] = [Wall Module Setpoint] [½ Standby Zero Energy Band]

81 Manual Override State Valid values: Occ, Stdby, Byp, Unocc, Null The Manual Override State turns OFF the recovery in manual mode. If the Manual Override State is any value other than null, then the algorithm fails to recognize scheduled next state and setpoint recovery is not done. For details, refer to Manual Override Determination section. Note: No recovery is performed when the Occupancy is overridden. For details, refer to Adaptive Intelligent Recovery Algorithm section. Heat and Cool ramp rates Valid values: 0 to Infinity The adaptive recovery algorithm to recover the heating and cooling setpoints from their unoccupied values uses these rates. Ramp rates are determined based on outdoor air condition. For details, refer to Heating and Cooling Ramp Rates section. Adaptive Intelligent Recovery Algorithm This algorithm recovers the setpoints associated with the following schedule state changes: Unoccupied to Standby Unoccupied to Occupied During the recovery ramps, the heating and cooling setpoints are ramped from the Unoccupied Setpoint to the next state setpoint. The setpoint ramps will be at the target setpoint 10 minutes prior to the occupied/standby event time. This allows the HVAC equipment an extra 10 minutes to get the space temperature to the target setpoint during recovery. Note: Recovery will not be in effect if the Occupancy Schedule is overridden. Figure 48: Recovery Ramps Pattern Heating and cooling recovery ramp rates can be of any value greater than or equal to zero and have units of /Hr. A ramp rate of 0 /Hr means no recovery ramp for that mode. This means that the setpoint steps from one setpoint to the other at the event time (that is, No extra 10 minutes). The user must ensure consistent units. That is, the ramp rates should be in the same units as the setpoints. Heating and Cooling Ramp Rates Heating and Cooling ramp rates are used in adaptive cooling algorithm to start the ramping of the setpoint from Unoccupied Setpoint to Occupied or Standby setpoints, when current state is Unoccupied and next state is Occupied or Standby. Ramp rates are calculated as follows: Heating Ramp Rate When Conventional/Modulating CVAHU application is selected, then Heating Ramp Rate is considered as per the following conditions. Table 22: Heating Ramp Rates OA Temperature Min Htg OA Temp Setpoint (Default = 0 F) Max Htg OA Temp Setpoint (Default = 60 F) Heating Ramp Rate Min Htg Ramp Rate (Default = 2 F/Hr) Max Htg Ramp Rate (Default = 8 F/Hr)

82 Figure 49: Heating Ramp Rate Vs Outside Air Temperature When Heat pump application is selected, then Heating Ramp Rate is multiplied by Auxiliary Heating Ramp Rate Factor (ncihtpmp_auxhtgrmpfactor, Default: 2). For example, if Heating Ramp Rate is 2 F/Hr and Auxiliary Heating Ramp Rate Factor is 8 F/Hr, then Auxiliary Heating Ramp Rate becomes 2 * 8 = 16 F/Hr. The Heating Recovery time is compared with the time required to change the next state. It is used to determine if the recovery has to be bypassed or not. Recovery Time is calculated as: [Heating Recovery Time (in Minutes)] = [(Occupied Heating Setpoint - Effective Heating Setpoint) * (Heating Ramp Rate)]/60 As shown in Table 22, when outdoor air temperature varies from Min Htg OA Temp Setpoint to Max Htg OA Temp Setpoint, then Heating Ramp Rate varies from Min Htg Ramp Rate to Max Htg Ramp Rate. Note: If all the following four conditions are valid, then the Effective Heating Setpoint is directly set to Occupied Heating Setpoint. Heating Recovery Time is less than Time required to change the next state Next State is Occupied State Heat Pump application is configured Current State is not Standby Cooling Ramp Rate Cooling Ramp rate is reset as per the Table 23. Table 23: Cooling Ramp Rates OA Temperature Min Clg OA Temp Setpoint (Default = 90 F) Max Clg OA Temp Setpoint (Default = 70 F) Cooling Ramp Rate Min Clg Ramp Rate (Default = 2 F/Hr) Max Clg Ramp Rate (Default = 6 F/Hr) As shown in Table 23, when outdoor air temperature varies from Min Clg OA Temp Setpoint to Max Clg OA Temp Setpoint, then Cooling Ramp Rate varies from Min Clg Ramp Rate to Max Clg Ramp Rate

83 OA Temp Min Cooling OA Temp Setpoint (90 O F) Max Cooling OA Temp Setpoint (70 O F) Min Cooling Ramp Rate (2 O F/Hr) Max Cooling Ramp Rate (6 O F/Hr) Figure 50: Cooling Ramp Rate Vs Outside Air Temperature Cooling Ramp Rate Auxiliary Heating Setpoint In heat pump application, up to four auxiliary heating stages can be configured. These auxiliary stages operate in sequence with compressor stages to maintain the space temperature. Auxiliary Heating Setpoint is calculated as follows: Auxiliary Heating Setpoint = Effective Heating Setpoint Auxiliary Heating Setpoint Droop Auxiliary Heating Setpoint Droop (ncihtpmp_auxhtgdroop) has default value of 1 F. This droop is subtracted from Effective Heating Setpoint, to ensure correct operation of compressor stages. The parameters associated to Demand Limit Control are as follows: Demand Limit Control Shift Differential Setpoint (ncidlcshiftspt_tempdiffp) [Default: 3 Δ F/Hr] Demand Limit Control State (nvidlcshed_state) [Default: Statenull] When Demand Limit Control State is enabled, then the algorithm shifts the current setpoints to effective values as follows: Effective Cooling Setpoint = Current Cooling Setpoint + DLC Shift Differential Setpoint and Effective Heating Setpoint = Current Heating Setpoint - DLC Shift Differential Setpoint Demand Limit Control Setpoint Shift When the CVAHU controller receives electrical demands over a LON network, then the Stryker CVAHU Controller switches to Demand Limit Control Mode. In this mode, the controller shifts the value of heating and cooling setpoints so that there is less consumption of energy. Where, DLC Shift Differential Setpoint (ncidlcshiftspt_tempdiffp) has the Default of 3 Δ F/Hr. Consider an example, where current cooling setpoint is 74 F, current heating setpoint is 70 F, and the DLC Shift Differential Setpoint is 3 Δ F/Hr. Once the Demand Limit Control mode is enabled, the effective cooling and heating setpoints will become: Effective Cooling Setpoint = 74 F + 3 F = 77 F This feature of CVAHU can be used during peak energy consumption. When CVAHU is in Demand Limit Control Mode, a Demand Limit Control Shift Differential Setpoint relaxes the zone setpoints in order to reduce energy consumption. Effective heating Setpoint = 70 F 3 F = 67 F When Demand Limit Control State is disabled, then the heating and cooling setpoints are ramped towards their

84 original value with the ramp rate of F/Sec. So in this example, the Effective Cooling Setpoint will ramp down towards 74 F and Effective Heating Setpoint will ramp up towards 70 F. Considering the ramp rate, it will take 30 minutes to resume the original values. Effective Temperature Mode Determination Effective Temperature Mode Output is determined based on following parameters: HVAC Mode System Switch Command Mode (Depend on HVAC mode, it is internally determined by the program). Effective Temperature Mode determines the current Mode and accordingly heating and cooling equipments are operated. Following sections explain the parameters and combination of these parameters to determine the Effective Temperature Mode. HVAC Mode In the Stryker CVAHU controller, HVAC Mode (nviapplicmode, Default: Auto) plays role to determine Effective Temperature Mode. The HVAC Mode determine command mode (Refer to Table 24) The combination of Command Mode and System Switch determine Effective Temperature Mode (Refer to Table 25). Command Mode is internal mode of CVAHU controller and not accessible to the user. Command Mode Depending upon selection of HVAC Mode, the command mode will change `accordingly. Following are the different states of the Command Mode, Null Auto Heat Cool Off Emergency Heat Figure 51: Command Mode

85 Table 24 shows values and their possible HVAC Mode for command mode output. Table 24: Mode Determination Value HVAC Mode Command Mode 1 hvacnul Null 0 hvacauto Auto 1 hvacheat Heat 2 hvacmrngwrmup Auto 3 hvaccool Cool 4 hvacnightpurge Auto 5 hvacprecool Auto 6 hvacoff Off 7 hvactest Auto 8 hvacemergheat Heat 9 hvacfanonly Off 10 hvacfreecool Auto 11 hvacice Auto 12 hvacmaxheat Auto 13 hvaceconomy Auto 14 hvacdehumid Auto 15 hvaccalibrate Auto 16 hvacemergcool Auto 17 hvacemergsteam Auto 18 hvacmaxcool Auto 19 hvachvcload Auto 20 hvacnoload Auto System Switch This parameter is applicable to TR71/75 wall module. Depending upon values, switch will vary between Auto, Heat, and Cool Modes. The System Switch mode can be changed through TR71/75 module. Following list shows states of system switch: None Heat Only Cool Only Heat and Cool Auto Change-over Auto/ Cool/ ErergHeat/ Heat Note: For System Switch, network variable input is not available. System switch State can be set during configuration or through TR71. It is advised that care should be taken to set the System Switch as per the requirement during configuration. If it is not set perfectly, then user has to either reconfigure it correctly and download the program or set it correctly through TR

86 Effective Temperature Mode Based on the combination of System Switch and Command Mode, the status of Effective Temperature Mode varies. 1. OFF: In OFF mode, the system will shutdown with fan and all loops. 2. Auto: In Auto mode, the system automatically switches to either Heating or Cooling Mode to maintain the space temperature as per the space temperature setpoints. 3. Heat: In Heat mode, the system operates to maintain the Heating Setpoints, disabling cooling. 4. Cool: In Cool mode, the system operates to maintain the space temperature as per the Cooling Setpoints. In this mode, heating is disabled. 5. EmergHeat: It is available only for Heat Pump. If this mode is active, then it disables compressor stages during heating requirement and enables auxiliary heating stages. Table 25 shows combination of System Switch and Command Mode for Effective Temperature Mode output. Space Temperature Figure 52: Effective Temperature Mode Table 25: Effective Temperature Mode Determination System Switch Command Mode Effective Temperature Mode X X CMD_OFF(3) OFF_MODE(255) X X CMD_EMERG_HEAT_MODE(4) EMERG_HEAT(3) X X CMD_COOL_MODE(2) COOL_MODE(0) X X CMD_HEAT_MODE(1) HEAT_MODE(2) X X X X X INVALID VALID X = Don t Care X SS_COOL (1) SS_HEAT (2) or ENUMERATION(4) through ENUMERATION (254) SS_EMERGENCY_HEAT(3) SS_OFF (255) SS_AUTO (0), invalid, unconnected, or a non-listed enumeration SS_AUTO (0), invalid, unconnected, or a non-listed enumeration ENUMERATION (5) through ENUMERATION (254) CMD_AUTO_MODE(0), CMD_NUL_MODE(255) CMD_AUTO_MODE(0), CMD_NUL_MODE(255) CMD_AUTO_MODE(0), CMD_NUL_MODE(255) CMD_AUTO_MODE(0), CMD_NUL_MODE(255) CMD_AUTO_MODE(0), CMD_NUL_MODE(255) CMD_AUTO_MODE(0), CMD_NUL_MODE(255) HEAT_MODE(2) COOL_MODE (0) HEAT_MODE(2) EMERG_HEAT(3) OFF_MODE(255) HEAT_MODE(2) COOL_MODE(0) or HEAT_MODE(2)

87 Allow Auto changeover (ncicontrol_autochgovr, Default: Yes) If Fan On Heating (ncifan_onhtg) is set to Enable and there is a call for heating. When there is a call for cooling. This parameter is network variable and can be set through LON network. Table 26: Available States of Auto Change over Value States Description 0 Disable 1 Enable Supply Fan Control Effective Temperature Mode continues the last running mode. Effective Temperature Mode gets updated current value based on space temperature and effective space temperature setpoints. Stryker CVAHU controller supports single speed supply fan. If fan status is required, then proof of flow input can also be configured. This input is then utilized to generate Fan Failure Alarm. Following network parameters are related to supply fan and are configured depending upon the application requirement: 1. Fan ON Heating (ncifan_onhtg, Default: Enable [1]): Following are available set conditions to turn the fan ON/OFF: a. ON: If this parameter is set to 1 (Enable), the supply fan will turn ON whenever there is a call for heating. b. OFF: If set to 0 (Disable), the supply fan will not be turned on when there is a call for heating. 2. Fan Mode (ncifan_mode, Default: Continuous [0]): Following are available set of values for fan mode: a. Continuous [0]: If the Effective Occupancy Mode is either one of the following, then the fan will run continuously unless shutdown due to safety reasons or through HVAC Mode. Effective Occupied Mode or Effective Bypass Mode or Effective Standby Mode (with Occupancy Standby parameter [ncimisccontrol_occstandby] set to Standby as Occupied) b. Auto [1]: In Auto mode, the fan will run if any one of the following conditions meets: 3. Local Fan Switch: When local switch gives the command to the fan, then Fan Mode (ncifan_mode, Default: Continuous [0]) parameter does not affect the operation. Following modes are available from local fan switch: a. Auto: In Auto mode, the fan will run if any one of the following conditions meets, If Fan ON Heating (ncifan_onhtg, Default: Enable [1]) is set to Enable and there is a call for heating. When there is a call for cooling. b. ON: During Effective Occupied Mode or Effective Bypass Mode or Effective Standby Mode (If the parameter [ncimisccontrol_occstandby] is set to Standby as Occupied), the fan will run continuously unless shutdown due to safety reasons or through HVAC Mode. c. OFF: It will run similar to Auto Mode. 4. Extended Fan Heat (ncifan_runonhtg, Default: 90 seconds): During Auto Mode or Unoccupied Mode, fan starts when there is a heating requirement and Fan On Heating (ncifan_onhtg, Default: Enable [1]) is set to Enable. When heating requirement is satisfied, the fan will stop running after the Extended Fan Heat Delay. 5. Extended Fan Cool (ncifan_runonclg, Default: 0 seconds) During Auto Mode or Unoccupied Mode, fan starts when there is a cooling requirement. When cooling requirement is satisfied, the fan will stop running after the Extended Fan Cool Delay. In addition to these conditions, the fan also starts when, 1. When HVAC Mode is set to Fan Only [9]. 2. When the Effective Occupancy Mode is, Effective Occupied Mode or Effective Bypass Mode or Effective Standby Mode (With Occupancy Standby parameter [ncimisccontrol_occstandby] set to Standby as Occupied ) and space temperature is invalid and if the System is not shutdown due to safety or manually by HVAC Mode. 3. There is a heating / cooling call and loss of water flow is detected by water source heat pump. 4. If fan is turned ON due to Smoke Detector or Emergency Command. For details, refer to Smoke

88 Control Operations and Emergency Command Operations sections. Note: If the fan command is Issued through Smoke Control or Emergency Command, then the fan will run even when the system is in shutdown state due to safety or it has been shut down through network by user.. 5. Fan is overridden through network. (The override network parameter is nvifanovr_state ). Note: If the fan command is overridden to ON state, then fan will run even after the system is shutdown due to safety or user has shut it down through network. Fan Failure and Fan Failure Behavior To detect the fan failure, Fan Status or Proof of Flow digital input has to be configured through CVAHU Configuration Wizard or through TR75. Fan Failure Alarm: Fan Failure Alarm will be generated when fan is commanded ON and Proof of Flow status is not proved within Fan Failure Time (ncifan_failtime, Default: 60 seconds). Also, when Disable Control is selected, the fan status acts as an interlock for economizer damper, heating and cooling equipments. Economizer damper, heating and cooling will get enabled when the fan is commanded ON. Heating and Cooling Operations Heating and Cooling Types Stryker CVAHU Conventional/Modulating and Heat Pump applications utilize heating and cooling equipments for air conditioning. There are various types of heating and cooling equipments such as heating and cooling coils, compressors, electrical heaters. These equipments get operated by control elements such as control valve actuators, electrical heater commands, SCR modulating commands. Heating and cooling equipments can be configured to have different types of final control element signals depending on the application types. CVAHU controller supports two types of applications: Conventional/Modulating, and Heat Pump Heating and Cooling Mechanism Heating and cooling operations depend upon the configuration of heating and cooling equipments and the selected application type (Conventional/Modulating or Heat Pump). Fan Failure (ncifan_almtype, Default: Annunciate Only [1]) parameter determines the action to be taken if fan failure is detected. It has following set of values: 1. None: The system does not generate Fan Failure Alarm 2. Annunciate Only: The system generates a Fan Failure Alarm and remains ON, though fan will run continuously irrespective of alarms. 3. Disable Control: The system will shut down on the occurrence of Fan Failure Alarm for three consecutive times. Important: To reset the alarm, change the HVAC Mode (nviapplicmode, Default: Auto) to OFF mode

89 Conventional/Modulating Application with Analog Heating and Cooling Equipments If CVAHU controller is configured for Conventional/Modulating application with analog heating and cooling equipments, then the space temperature is maintained through following two strategies. Zone Control using PID In this strategy, heating and cooling equipment is modulated to maintain the space temperature. Generally, if the building s volume is small with less inertia and lag, then this strategy can be used. The PID output of the zone temperature is utilized: 1. To modulate the heating and cooling outputs when inputs and outputs are of modulating type. 2. To provide input for cycler when there is staged heating and cooling. 3. To reset the discharge air setpoint when Cascade Control is implemented. Refer to Table 27 for details on parameters that are configured for Zone Control using PID strategy. Table 27: PID Control Settings PID Control Default Value Description Heating Throttling Range 7 F It is the proportional change in the sensor variable required to change the control output from 0 to 100 percent. This value is configured in the engineering unit of the main input sensor. Range: 2 to 30 F Integral Time 1429 sec Note: If throttling range is 0 F, then gains are automatically selected as mentioned in Auto select gains based on number of stages section. It is utilized for calculating the integral gain of the PID loop. The time in seconds is inversely proportional to the integral change per second. A setting of 0 eliminates the integral function. Derivative Time 0 sec Range: 0 to 5000 sec It is utilized for calculating the derivative gain in a PID loop. The time in seconds is directly proportional to the derivative effect per second. Generally derivative action is not utilized in the BMS. Range: 0 to 6553 sec Cooling (Parameters explained for Heating are applicable for Cooling however with different values) Throttling Range 5.0 F Range: 2 to 30 F Integral Time 2000 sec Range: 0 to 5000 sec Derivative Time 0 sec Range: 0 to 6553 sec Note: If throttling range is 0 F, then gains are automatically selected as mentioned in Auto select gains based on number of stages section

90 Cascade Control In this strategy, zone temperature PID loop output is utilized to reset the discharge air temperature (DAT) setpoint. Another PID loop uses this DAT setpoint, and modulates heating and cooling equipments to maintain the discharge air temperature. The conventional method of modulating heating/cooling equipments fails to serve the purpose of controlling the objects having large inertia, delay and non-linear characteristics. To overcome the limitations of conventional method, cascade control is introduced. Cascade control is especially useful to reduce the effect of a load disturbance that moves through the control system. The inner loop contributes in reducing the lag occurring in the outer loop. The overall effect of the cascaded loops results in a high responsive control system. For normal operating conditions, the space temperature is maintained appropriately by the conventional PID loop. However, in certain climatic conditions it becomes difficult to maintain the space temperature with the conventional PID. For example, if there is a sudden drop in the outside air temperature (OAT), then it will lower the mixed air temperature (MAT) and discharge air temperature (DAT) too. This will affect the space temperature and it will fall below the acceptable values. The zone PID loop will sense this drop in space temperature and will take corrective actions. However, if the volume of space is large, then the recovery process for achieving the desired space temperature can be excessively long. The possible solution is to maintain the discharge air temperature instead of space air temperature. The heating/cooling equipment will be modulated to control the discharge air temperature setpoint. The setpoint is reset depending on the heating or cooling requirements. The discharge air temperature loop is faster than the space air temperature loop. Hence, it will be easier to maintain the discharge air temperature at its required setpoint. Cascade Control Loop Operation Refer to the following sections to understand the operation of cascade discharge method during heating and cooling. a. Cascade Discharge during Heating When zone/space temperature falls below Effective Heating Setpoint, as shown in Figure 53, then Space PID modulates its output from 0 to 100 %. Discharge air temperature (DAT) RESET block resets the DAT setpoint from Discharge Air Low Limit Heating Setpoint (CasDatLoLimHtg, Default = 60 F) to Discharge Air High Limit Setpoint (CasDatHiLimHtg, Default= 95 F) as Space PID output varies from 0 to 100 %. Second or inner PID loop (DAT PID) will maintain the DAT to DAT setpoint received from RESET block. Zone Temperature Effective Heating Setpoint PID 1 Input Range Low 0 % RESET [Space PID] Input Range High [DAT PID] 100 % To Heating Sensor Output Output Input Output Setpoint (0 100) % DAT Setpoint Discharge Air (0 100) % Low Limit Temperature 60 F (DAT) DAT Setpoint Sensor Setpoint High Limit 95 F PID 2 Figure 53 Cascade Discharge Heating Logical Representation b. Cascade Discharge during Cooling: When zone/space temperature rises above the Effective Cooling Setpoint, as shown in Figure 54, then Space PID modulates its output from 0 to 100 %. Discharge Air Temperature (DAT) RESET block resets the DAT Setpoint from Discharge Air Temperature High Limit Setpoint (ncicontrol_casdathilimclg, Default = 85 F) to Discharge Air Temperature Low Limit Setpoint (ncicontrol_casdatlolimclg, Default = 53 F) as zone PID output varies from 0 to 100 %. Second PID loop (DAT PID) will maintain the DAT to DAT setpoint from RESET block

91 Zone Temperature Effective Cooling Setpoint PID 1 Input Range Low 0 % RESET [Space PID] Input Range High [DAT PID] 100 % To Cooling Sensor Output Output Input Output Setpoint (0 100) % DAT Setpoint (0 100) % Discharge Air (0 100) % Low Limit Temperature 85 F (DAT) DAT Setpoint Sensor Setpoint High Limit 53 F PID 2 Figure 54: Cascade Discharge Cooling Logical Representation When Cascade Mode for controlling the space temperature is selected, then the parameters listed in Table 28 need to be configured. Table 28: Cascade Control System - Configuration Parameters Equipment Control Default Value Parameter Type Description Equipment Control Settings Cascade Control No No Yes When this option is selected, heating and cooling equipments are operated by heating/cooling zone PIDs When this option is selected, heating/cooling equipments maintain the Discharge Air Temperature to its setpoint. The discharge air temperature setpoint is reset by the Heating/Cooling zone PIDs. Heating - Cascade Control Settings: When (Cascade Control = Yes) in Equipment Control Settings, then the following parameters are accessible for configuration. Heating TR 30.0 F It is the heating throttling value for Discharge Air Temperature Cascade control. Range: 5 to 60 F Heating Dead Band Heating Derivative Gain 1 F 0.0 sec It is the absolute error value and must be greater than zero before the output will change the value. Range: 0 to 60 F Note: This value should be set to a non-zero number, so that it eliminates the actuator wear due to sensor noise. It is the heating derivative gain for Discharge Air Temperature Cascade control. Range: 0 to seconds Note: Derivative gain determines the impact of error rate on the output signal. The error rate signifies the speed with which the error value is changing. It can be the direction where the space temperature is going, either towards or away from the setpoint and its speed. Decrease in Derivative Time causes a given

92 Equipment Control Default Value Parameter Type Description Heating Maximum AO Change Heating Minimum AO Change Cooling - Cascade Control Settings Cooling TR Cooling Dead Band Cooling Derivative Gain Cooling Maximum AO Change Cooling Minimum AO Change % 30.0 F.990 F 0.0 sec % % error rate to have a larger impact on the output signal. It is the maximum amount in percentage to show the Output change for a single cycle of the control (1 sec). Range: 0.01 to 100 % It is the minimum amount in percentage to show the Output change for a single cycle of the control (1 sec). Range: 0.01 to 100 % It is the cooling throttling value for Discharge Air Temperature Cascade control. Range: 5 to 60 F. It is the absolute error value and must be greater than zero before the output will change the value. Range: 0 to 60 F Note: This value should be set to a non-zero number, so that it eliminates the actuator wear due to sensor noise. It is the cooling derivative gain for Discharge Air Temperature Cascade control. Range: 0 to seconds Note: Derivative gain determines the impact of error rate on the output signal. The error rate signifies the speed with which the error value is changing. It can also be the direction where the space temperature is going, either towards or away from the setpoint and its speed. Decrease in Derivative Time causes a given error rate to have a larger impact on the output signal. It is the maximum amount in percentage to show the Output change for a single cycle of the control (1 sec). Range: 0.01 to 100 % It is the minimum amount in percentage to show the Output change for a single cycle of the control (1 sec). Range: 0.01 to 100 %

93 Staged Heating and Cooling: Conventional/Modulating Application with Staged Cooling and Heating: With Conventional/Modulating application, up to four heating stages and four cooling stages can be selected. Heat Pump Application with Compressor and Staged Auxiliary Heating: In Heat Pump application, up to four compressor stages with change-over relay and up to four auxiliary heating stages can be selected. These stages are operated based upon the cooling and heating demand determined by their respective zone PID loops. Hence, the parameters of zone PID loops mentioned in Table 27 are applicable to staged heating/cooling. However, PID parameters are programmed to be selected automatically if throttling range is set to 0 F. Auto select gains based on number of stages: When the Throttling Range (TR) is non zero, the output values for Throttling Range (TR), Integral Time (IT), and Derivative Time (DT) will be set equal to the input values (values entered manually/ while configuration). However, if the Throttling Range (TR) of the heating and cooling PID is set to 0 F, then TR, IT and DT will be automatically selected for heating and cooling PID. Heating PID Auto Select Gain: When TR is 0 F, then the output value for DT (Derivative time) is set to 0 and the output values for TR and IT are shown in Table 29. Table 29: Heating PID Auto Select Gain Stages Throttling Range (TR) Integral Time (IT) Comments 0 5 F 1250 sec No stages 1 3 F 3333 sec 2 5 F 2000 sec 3 7 F 1429 sec 4 9 F 1111 sec 5 11 F 909 sec 10 5 F 1250 sec Modulating Note: TR = (Stages * 2) + 1 IT = 10,000 / TR 4 Cooling Stages + Economizer (Serves as an additional Stage) Cooling PID Auto Select Gain: When TR is 0 F, then the output value for DT(Derivative time) is set to 0 and the output values for TR and IT are shown in Table 30. Table 30: Cooling PID Auto Select Gain Stages Throttling Range (TR) Integral Time (IT) Comments 0 5 F 1250 sec No stages 1 3 F 3333 sec 2 5 F 2000 sec 3 7 F 1429 sec 4 9 F 1111 sec 10 5 F 1250 sec Modulating Note: TR = (Stages * 2) + 1 IT = 10,000 / TR

94 In staged heating and cooling, the stage operation is performed by the following two function blocks: Cycler: To determine the stage requirements Stage Driver: To turn ON/OFF the stages Cycler It accepts the output of the PID loop and depends on the following parameters to determine the number of stages required for operation (Refer to Figure 55). In Cycler Disable Override Off maxstages CPH Hyst anticauth minontime minofftime intstgon intstgoff Stages Active Figure 55: Cycler Function Block Input (In) It is the input from the zone/space PID loop (i. e. it receives output of zone/space PID loop). Maximum Stages (maxstages) These are the maximum stages required for heating and cooling. User can configure up to four heating or cooling stages. Cycles Per Hour (CPH) It is the maximum cycle rate when input is half way between the available stages. It has following valid values: 1. Slow - 3 CPH 2. Medium - 6 CPH 3. Fast - 9 CPH (Parameter Name: ncihtg_cphspd, Default: Medium) Hysteresis (Hyst) It is the lag allowed in the operation and is a user-specified value. Anticipatory Authority (anticauth) This parameter is set to 100 % and cannot be edited by the user. Minimum On Time (minontime) It is the minimum time a stage must be ON before it is turned OFF. (Parameter Name: ncihtg_minontime, Default: 60 seconds) Minimum Off Time (minofftime) It is the minimum time a stage must be OFF before it is turned ON. (Parameter Name: ncihtg_minofftime, Default: 60 seconds) Interstage On Delay (intstgon) This parameter is set to 60 seconds and cannot be adjusted by the user. It is minimum time before the next stage can be turned ON after the previous stage is turned ON. Interstage OFF Delay (intstgoff) This parameter is set to 120 seconds and cannot be edited by the user. It is the minimum time before the next stage is turned OFF after the previous stage is turned OFF. Cycler Functionality The Cycler function is the traditional anticipator cycling algorithm used in Honeywell thermostats. Input is either P or PI space temperature error in percentage (Range %). Standard (recommended) settings are as follows: cph=3 for cooling cph = 6 for heating anticauth = 100 % Hysteresis is calculated as: 100 % ( maxstages ) hyst =

95 Stage 3 locked on Stages Hyst Cycler Behavior Stage 2 locked on AnticAuth/MaxStgs Stage 1 locked on - Hyst 0 % CmdPercent 100 % /MaxStgs Figure 56: Cycler Functionality Note: For multi-stage cyclers, the PID block feeding this block should have an appropriately large throttling range to achieve smooth behavior. Stage Driver It accepts the number of stages determined by the Cycler, and then turns the stages ON/OFF based on stage requirements. It works on the principal of First On Last OFF. It will turn ON the stages from first to last as heating/cooling demand increases and turns OFF the stages from last to first as heating/cooling demand decreases. Note: Outputs for Conventional/Modulating Type Applications For conventional applications, two separate heating and cooling equipments are available for air conditioning. For normal operations, either heating equipment or cooling equipment is operated at a time in order to maintain a given space temperature. An exception occurs during dehumidification, when both heating and cooling equipments are operated. Cooling is operated to dehumidify the air and heating is operated to reheat the air. For details, refer to Dehumidification section. These applications support following output signal types: Heating and Cooling with Modulating Output In this type, the output of final control element for heating/cooling is the modulating signal. Modulating signal can be of two types Analog and Floating. The Cycler and Stage Driver are also utilized in the Heat Pump applications for compressor stages and auxiliary heating stages. Analog Output If Analog Output is selected to drive the final control elements of heating and cooling, then the parameters listed in Table 31 need to be configured. Analog can refer to either voltage signals or current signals. For both of these options, different ranges of voltage and current levels can be configured based on the requirement of the final control element

96 Table 31: Modulating Output (Analog) Control Analog Control Default Value Parameter Type Description Voltage 0 to 10 VDC 10 to 0 VDC 2 to 10 VDC 10 to 2 VDC Select the voltage range to meet the final control element signal requirement Analog Output Mode Voltage Current 0 to 20 ma 20 to 0 ma 0 to 22 ma 22 to 0 ma 4 to 20 ma 20 to 4 ma Select the current range to meet the final control element signal requirement Floating Output If the final control element has a floating output, then configure the output as a Floating type. Floating type final control elements or actuators function in the same way as analog actuators. However, output requirement is different. Floating actuators need two digital outputs. One digital output moves the actuator in clockwise direction and other digital output moves the actuator in counter clockwise direction. Movement depends upon the time for which the digital output is commanded ON and actuator s full stroke time. For example, consider that actuator has full stroke time of 90 seconds and its current position is fully close. At this position, if clockwise digital output is turned ON for 45 seconds, then the actuator will rotate to 50 % open position. If counterclockwise digital output is commanded for 45 seconds, then the actuator will return to full close position. Floating actuators are cost-effective as compared to analog actuators, and are widely implemented in varied applications. However, actuator s initial position has to be synchronized at full close or full open because digital outputs do not recognize the initial position. If outputs are configured as Floating type, then the parameters listed in Table 32 need to be configured. Table 32: Modulating Output (Floating) Control Floating Control Default Value Parameter Type Description Floating Motor Travel Time 90.0 seconds - None Start Up Sync Position None Sync Open Sync Closed This indicates the full stroke time of the actuator. It is the time required to move the actuator from full close to full open position. If none is selected, then no action is taken after controller power up. Controller is set to full close position. If this option is selected, then actuator is set to full open position after controller power up. If this option is selected, then actuator is set to full close position after controller power up

97 Floating Control Default Value Parameter Type Description Startup Delay 0.0 seconds - Auto Sync Position None None Sync Open Sync Closed This delay occurs when the controller is powered up. It is configured from 0 to seconds in tenths of seconds. Zero (0) means no delay. If selected, the position of the actuator is not synched automatically. At Auto Sync Interval, floating actuator is synchronized to open position. At Auto Sync Interval, floating actuator is synchronized to close position. This option is applicable only if the auto synchronization (Sync Open/Sync Close) is selected. It is defined in hour format. Auto Sync Interval 24 hrs - Once this interval is defined, the timer is loaded and the countdown starts immediately after power up reset and power up delay. On completion of Auto Sync Interval, the motor is synchronized. Action Direct Acting Direct Acting Reverse Acting When Direct Acting option is selected, the actuator is set to the default positions of [100 % = Full open; 0 % = Full close]. When Reverse Acting option is selected, the actuator is set to the default positions of [100 % = Full close; 0 % = Full open]. None The floating actuator will not be synchronized automatically, when the CVAHU controller enters Unoccupied mode. Unoccupied Sync Position None Sync Open The actuator is synchronized to open, when the CVAHU controller enters Unoccupied mode. Sync Closed The actuator is synchronized to close, when the CVAHU controller enters Unoccupied mode. Digital Normally Open Normally open digital input is assigned as the Sync Input of the CVAHU controller. Digital Normally Close Normally close digital input is assigned as the Sync Input of the CVAHU controller. Shutdown Input Switch Shutdown Input Switch is assigned as the Sync Input of the controller. Sync Input None Network Input MonDig If this network input is configured as a Sync Input and results in a TRUE condition, then the floating actuator position is synchronized to the position specified by the Sync Input Position. Network Input Free1Dig If this network input is configured as a Sync Input and results in a TRUE condition, then the floating actuator position is synchronized to the position specified by the Sync Input Position

98 Floating Control Default Value Parameter Type Description Network Input Free2Dig If this network input is configured as a Sync Input and results in a TRUE condition, then the floating actuator position is synchronized to the position specified by the Sync Input Position. It means that no position is assigned to the Sync Input. Sync Input Position None None Sync Open Sync Close Hence, the position of the actuator will not be synchronized, when the Sync Input option is selected. If Sync Input Position = Sync Open, then the position of the actuator is synchronized to open. Note: If Sync Input = False, then the configured Sync Input Position is considered invalid and no action is taken. If Sync Input Position = Sync Close, then the position of the actuator is synchronized to close. Note: If Sync Input = False, then the configured Sync Input Position is considered invalid and no action is taken. Note: When the controller is closed loop and is utilizing integral action, then Auto Synch is not required. It results in the following conditions: Integral control action changes the actuator output independent of the actuator absolute position. A closed loop controller uses a measured process sensor value to establish the error value. The error value then determines the change in actuator position. The controller floating actuator block automatically synchronizes when the actuator receives a 0 or a 100 % control signal. A periodic synch signal is required when there are following scenarios in floating actuator applications: Pressure dependent airflow control with a floating actuator. The controller is configured for proportional output only. The minimum outdoor air damper position is controlled open loop with a floating actuator position. The end user does not understand Integral control action and is obsessed with the true position of the floating actuator. Staged Heating/Cooling Heating and cooling equipments such as electric stage heating and digital cooling compressors offer heating and cooling in stages. Each additional stage increases the heating or cooling capacity, depending upon whether it is configured for heating or cooling. Stryker CVAHU controller can be configured to support up to four stages of heating and up to four stages of cooling. Each stage needs one digital output. Hence, in order to calculate the digital output requirements, it is important to select the number of stages at initial level. Table 33 provides the configuration options for staged heating and cooling

99 Table 33: Staged Heating/Cooling Configuration Options Output Default Value Output Name Main Outputs: Displays the essential Outputs list. Cooling Cool Floating Cooling Heating Two Stage Heating Heating None Output Assignment One Stage Cooling Two Stage Cooling Three Stage Cooling Four Stage Cooling Cool Analog Cool Floating None One Stage Heating Two Stage Heating Three Stage Heating Four Stage Heating Heat Analog Heat Floating Description Select this option for the CVAHU applications with no cooling stages. Select this option if the application has a single stage for cooling. Select this option if the application has two stages for cooling. Select this option if the application has three stages for cooling. Select this option if the application has four stages for cooling. Select this option if the cooling actuator has an analog output. Select this option if the cooling actuator has a floating output. Select this option for the CVAHU applications with no heating stages. Select this option if the application has a single stage for heating. Select this option if the application has two stages for heating. Select this option if the application has three stages for heating. Select this option if the application has four stages for heating. Select this option if the heating actuator has an analog output. Select this option if the heating actuator has a floating output. Note: Depend upon the application requirement; it is possible to utilize the mixed combination of heating and cooling equipments. For example: Analog heating and Floating cooling Analog heating and Staged cooling Staged heating and Analog cooling Heat Pump Outputs For Heat Pump applications, the CVAHU controller supports the following options for heating and cooling: 1. Staged Compressor with changeover relay: Up to four compressor stages with change-over relay are available in the CVAHU controller. Select the required stages and configure the changeover relay for heating or cooling. This configuration utilizes a single coil for both heating and cooling. During heating requirements, the compressors run in Heating Mode and supply hot water to a coil. During cooling requirements, the compressors run in Cooling Mode and supply chilled water to the coil. The mode of heat pump for either heating or cooling depends on the command given by the Changeover relay. 2. Auxiliary Heating Stages: Auxiliary heating stages are available in the CVAHU controller for heat pump application to meet the additional heating requirements

100 During Heating Mode, if compressor stages are insufficient to maintain the space temperature, then these auxiliary stages are operated. During Dehumidification mode, one auxiliary stage is operated for heating as a reheat. For details, refer to Dehumidification section. Table 34 provides the configuration options for Heat Pump applications. Table 34: Heat Pump Applications Configuration Options Output Default Value Output Name Output Assignment Description Main Outputs: Displays the essential Outputs list. None Select this option when there are no heating or cooling requirements. 1 Compressor Stage Select this option if the application has a single stage of compressor. Compressor Stages None HeatCool 2 Compressor Stage Select this option if the application has two compressor stages. 3 Compressor Stage Select this option if the application has three compressor stages. 4 Compressor Stage Select this option if the application has three compressor stages. None Select this option when auxiliary heating is not required. 1 Auxiliary Heat Stage Select this option if the application has a single stage for Auxiliary heating. Auxiliary Heating Stages None AuxHeat 2 Auxiliary Heat Stage Select this option if the application has two auxiliary heat stages. 3 Auxiliary Heat Stage Select this option if the application has three auxiliary heat stages. 4 Auxiliary Heat Stage Select this option if the application has four auxiliary heat stages. Note: Change-over relay can also be configured if required. It provides command to the compressor to change to mode for heating or cooling. Heat Pump application does not support analog or floating compressors as well as analog or floating auxiliary heating. Discharge Air Temperature High Limit Control During Heating Mode, heating equipment is operated. There are chances that discharge air temperature may increase beyond unacceptable limit. To avoid this situation, CVAHU controller has Discharge Air Temperature High Limit Control. Following network parameters are required for this operation: Discharge Air High Limit Setpoint (ncihtg_hilimsp, Default: 120 F) Discharge Air Throttling Range (ncihtg_hilimtr, Default: 4 Δ F) When discharge air temperature increases above the Discharge Air High Limit Setpoint, then the heating equipment is modulated close to maintain the discharge air temperature to the setpoint. Consider the Defaults of Discharge Air High Limit Setpoint as 120 F and Throttling Range as 4 F. If the discharge air temperature increases above 124 F, then the heating equipment is fully closed. If the same scenario occurs for staged heating, then all the stages are turned OFF. Unoccupied Cooling and heating Position Unoccupied Heating During Unoccupied mode, the valve position for heating is determined based on the following parameters:

101 Unoccupied Valve Position (ncihtg_valveunocc, Default: Normal) Unoccupied Valve Position During Heating (ncihtg_unocpos, Default: 100 %) The values set in these parameters result in the following two valve positions: Normal valve position: When Unoccupied Valve Position is set to Normal, then the valve is modulated as per the heating demands to maintain the space temperature. Fixed valve position: When Unoccupied Valve Position is set to Fixed, then the valve position is fixed to the value specified in the Unoccupied Valve Position During Heating. Heating/Cooling Disable Conditions Heating/Cooling will be disabled if any one of the following conditions is TRUE: 1. When the supply fan failure behavior is configured to Disable Control and supply fan failure is occurred. 2. System is shutdown through Shutdown digital input or network input. 3. System is shutdown due to the Freeze stat tripping. 4. System is OFF due to Emergency Command. 5. Outdoor temperature is lesser (for cooling)/greater (for heating) than the OA Lockout Temperature Setpoint. 6. Space/Return air temperature (The sensor configured as a controlling element) is invalid. 7. Heating or Cooling Mode is not active.(i.e. space temperature requirement is satisfied) Unoccupied Cooling During Unoccupied mode, the valve position for cooling is determined based on the following parameters: Unoccupied Valve Position (nciclg_valveunocc, Default: Normal) Unoccupied Valve Position During Cooling (nciclg_unocpos, Default: 100 %). The values set in these parameters result in the following two valve positions: Normal valve position: When Unoccupied Valve Position is set to Normal, then the valve is modulated as per the cooling demands to maintain the space temperature. Fixed valve position: When Unoccupied Valve Position is set to Fixed, then the valve position is fixed to the value specified in the Unoccupied Valve Position During Cooling. Outdoor Air Temperature Lockouts OAT Lockout for Cooling If outdoor air temperature falls below the OAT Lockout Temperature Setpoint for Cooling (OatLckOutClg, Default: -30 F), then cooling is disabled. If outdoor air temperature rises above the OAT Lockout Setpoint by 2 F, then the cooling will be enabled. OAT Lockout for Heating If outdoor air temperature rises above the OAT Lockout Temperature Setpoint for Heating (OatLckOutHtg, Default: 65 F), then the heating will be disabled. If outdoor air temperature falls below than the OAT Lockout Setpoint by 2 F, then the heating will be enabled again. Dehumidification Stryker CVAHU controller supports dehumidification operation for conventional/modulating and heat pump applications. The dehumidification operation depends upon the following selections: Application type: Conventional/Modulating or Heat Pump Heating/Cooling equipment configuration type: Modulating or Staged Heating/Cooling (Or Compressor in case of Heat Pump) Note: User can select space or return air temperature as a controlling element. If space temperature is selected as a controlling element then space humidity gets selected as a controlling element for dehumidification. If return air temperature is selected as a controlling element then return air humidity gets selected as a controlling element for dehumidification. Following dehumidification operations are available depending upon the configuration requirements: Simple Dehumidification Following parameters are required for this operation: 1. Humidity High Limit Setpoint (ncidehumid_rhhilimit, Default: 65 % RH) 2. Digital output for Dehumidification Active signal (Network output is also available) 3. Dehumidification Minimum ON Time (ncidehumid DehumidMinOnTime, Default: 300 seconds) When space/return humidity rises above the Humidity High Limit, then the assigned digital output of active

102 Dehumidification signal is turned ON. This output is wired to the external equipment, if the dehumidification action is performed through an external device. When space/return humidity (refer to Note: ) falls below the Humidity High Limit by 5 % RH; then after a delay of the Dehumidification Minimum Time, the Dehumidification Active Signal is turned OFF. If the system is turned OFF due to safety or manually, then the Dehumidification Active Signal is turned OFF instantly. Note: The simple Dehumidification is applicable for Conventional/Modulating and Heat Pump applications. Dehumidification when Staged Heating/Cooling is Configured This operation is available for the following types of applications: Conventional/Modulating application with staged cooling and staged heating Heat Pump application with staged compressor and Staged auxiliary heating Following parameters are required for this operation: 1. Staged Reheat Activation (ncidehumid_stgrhop, Default: Disable) 2. Cooling Cycle Minimum On Time (ncidehumid_clgminontime, Default: 400 seconds) 3. Cooling Cycle Minimum On Time Activation (ncidehumid_minontimop, Default: Disable) Following are the conditions for performing the dehumidification operation: Staged Reheat Activation is TRUE. Active Temperature mode is Cooling. Cooling Stages (For Conventional/Modulating application) or compressor in cooling mode (For Heat Pump) is disabled. Active Cooling Stages (For Conventional/Modulating application) or compressor stages (For Heat Pump application) is less than 2. Space/Return air humidity is greater than Humidity High Limit Setpoint. When all the dehumidification conditions are satisfied then: First stage of cooling and first stage of heating is turned ON (For Conventional/Modulating application). First stage of compressor and first stage of auxiliary heating is turned ON (For Heat Pump application). Dehumidification when Staged Cooling and Modulating Reheat This operation is applicable only for the Conventional/Modulating application with staged cooling and modulating reheat configuration. The parameter required for this operation is Modulating Reheat Activation (ncidehumid_stgrhop, Default: Disable). Following are the conditions for performing the dehumidification operation: Space/Return air humidity rises above the Humidity High Limit Setpoint. Cooling Mode is active. Modulating Reheat Activation parameter is enabled. Cooling is not disabled. Cooling stages are less than 2. When all the dehumidification conditions are satisfied then: The first stage of cooling is turned ON, and Reheat output is modulated to open for maintaining the Space/Return (refer to Note: ) temperature to Effective Cooling Setpoint. Dehumidification when Cascade Cooling and Cascade Reheat configuration This operation is applicable only for the Conventional/Modulating application with modulating heating/cooling equipments and cascade control strategy to maintain the space temperature. Following parameters are required for this operation: 1. Cascade Temperature Control Activation (ncidehumid_cascade, Default: Disable) 2. Cooling Valve Minimum Position (ncidehumid_dehumidclgpos, Default: 100 %) Following are the conditions for performing the dehumidification operation: Cascade Temperature Control Activation parameter is enabled. Active temperature Mode is Cooling. The strategy to control the space temperature is Cascade Control. Space/Return (refer to Note: ) air humidity rises above Humidity High Limit Setpoint

103 When all the dehumidification conditions are satisfied then: Cooling Valve is positioned to the value specified by the Cooling Valve Minimum Position (ncidehumid_dehumidclgpos, Default:100%), and Reheat valve is modulated to open for maintaining the discharge air temperature to the Discharge Air Temperature Setpoint reset by the space cooling PID. Cooling Cycle Minimum ON Time Following parameters are required for this operation: 1. Minimum Cooling ON/OFF Time (nciclg_minonofftime, Default: 60 seconds) 2. Cooling Cycle Minimum On Time (ncidehumid_clgminontime, Default: 400 seconds) 3. Minimum Cooling On Time Activation (ncidehumid_minontimop, Default: Disable) When Minimum Cooling On Time Activation is enabled, then Minimum Cooling On Time of the cooling or compressor stages during cooling mode is: Maximum of [(Minimum Cooling On/Off Time) OR (Cooling Cycle Minimum On Time)] Economizer Operation Economizer damper is a combination of outside air damper and return air damper. Outside air damper is normally closed and return air damper is normally open. For safety reasons, damper actuators with spring returns should be installed. These dampers operate opposite to each other. Return air Damper position is 100 % minus Outside Air Damper position. For example, if Outside air damper position is 30 %, then return air damper position is 70 %. A single actuator can be attached to both of the damper shafts or a separate actuator could be used for each damper individually. The Stryker CVAHU controller Economizer output is the only output available to control actuators used in the economizer section of the equipment. Configuration of modulating or digital output is based upon the application requirement. Note: Economizer damper is a combination of outdoor and return air damper. Economizer output is a single output that drives both the dampers at the same time. When economizer command is 10 % then outdoor damper is 10 % open and return air damper will be 90 % open. In this guide: When the position of economizer damper is specified, then it refers to the position of the outside air damper. Following is the operation of the Economizer Damper for various conditions: 1. Minimum Outside Air Damper Position (nciiaq_minpos, Default: 5 %): The function of economizer dampers is to provide ventilation during Occupied Mode. For this purpose, it should always be open to Minimum Damper Position during Occupied Mode. This position is determined during commissioning to ensure that there is always sufficient amount of fresh air in the space during Occupied Mode. 2. Control Ventilation or IAQ Control: In the Demand Control Ventilation, the minimum damper position will be reset using space or return CO 2 sensor or IAQ Override signal. The IAQ override signal is available with digital input or network input. IAQ Control parameter (nciiaq_control, Default: None) determines which strategy is selected for Demand Ventilation Control. Following are the four states of this parameter available for configuration: None If this strategy is selected, minimum damper position will be the position specified by Minimum Outside Air Damper Position (nciiaq_minpos, Default: 5 %) network parameter. Space CO 2 When this strategy is selected, minimum damper position is reset based on space CO 2 from Minimum Damper Position (nciiaq_minpos, Default: 5 %) to IAQ Damper Position (nciiaq_iaqpos, Default: 30 %) as CO 2 varies from DCV Setpoint (nciiaqdcvsetpt_ppm, Default: 800 ppm) to DCV Setpoint ppm. If this strategy is selected, space CO 2 sensor has to be configured in the CVAHU controller

104 Return Air CO 2 The operation of this strategy is same as Space CO 2 strategy. Instead of space CO 2, it is required to configure return air CO 2 to make the IAQ operation effective. Damper Position Minimum IAQ Damper Position = 30 % Minimum Damper Position = 5 % DCV Setpoint (800 ppm) DCV Setpoint ppm = 900 ppm Return/Space Air CO2 Level Figure 57: Return/Space Air CO 2 Levels Binary Override If digital input is configured as an IAQ Override Input, then this strategy can be configured. When digital output is turned ON, the minimum outdoor damper position will be shifted to IAQ Damper Position. If digital input is not configured, then IAQ override operation can be achieved by utilizing the following network inputs: 1. IAQ Override State (nviiaqovr_state, Effective Value: null) 2. IAQ Override Value (nviiaqovr_value, Effective Value: null) The minimum outdoor damper position will be shifted to IAQ Damper Position, when; 1. IAQ Override State: ON 2. IAQ Override Value is greater than 1, and 3. System is in Occupied Mode and in running condition Purge Mode Network Parameter for the purge mode is Pre Occupancy Purge (nciiaq_venttime, Default: 60 minutes). When the next mode is Occupied Mode and time required for next mode is less than Pre Occupancy Purge Time, then the Economizer Damper will open to Economizer Damper Minimum Position. IAQ Alarm Network Parameters for this alarm are: 1. IAQ High Limit Add (IAQ_HiLimAdd, Default: 200 ppm) 2. Preset Time (PresetTimeDelay, Default: 30 seconds) 3. Post Time Delay (PostTimeDelay, Default: 180 seconds) When the Return air CO 2 level or space air CO 2 level (The one which is configured to the CVAHU controller) rises above (DCV Setpoint + IAQ High Limit Add), then after a preset time, IAQ Alarm will be generated to inform the high concentration of CO 2 in the space. Where, DCV Setpoint = (nciiaqdcvsetpt_ppm, Default: 800 ppm) When CO 2 level falls below (DCV setpoint + IAQ High Limit Add), then after a post time delay, the alarm will reset to Normal. 4. Enable Heating During IAQ Control (HtgForIaq, Default: 0) 5. When the effective occupancy mode is Occupied and the indoor air quality sensor determines that the indoor air quality is poor, then extra outdoor air is brought into the conditioned space through the economizer damper. The value of (HtgForIaq) parameter specifies whether additional heating is allowed to be provided with this extra outdoor air

105 When HtgForIaq = 0, then the heating is disabled. Neither the heating stages nor modulating heating are enabled when the discharge air temperature falls below the low limit. Instead the economizer damper will be closed. Energy cost has priority over ventilation. When HtgForIaq = 1, then the heating is enabled. The modulating heating is turned ON to prevent the discharge air temperature from going below the Discharge Air Temperature Low Limit. Ventilation has priority over energy cost. Note: For IAQ: DAT sensor and cascade control is required. Heating requires modulating heating. When the effective mode is cooling, the mixed air damper is at its minimum position and the cooling valve is at 0 %, the heating valve is allowed to operate when the discharge air temperature drops below the Mixed Air Temperature Setpoint (Default 53 F). The heating valve will modulate to maintain the Mixed Air Temperature Setpoint. When the discharge air temperature rises above the Discharge Air Temperature Setpoint, and the heating valve is at 0 %, the economizer and/or the cooling will modulate to maintain the Discharge Air Temperature Setpoint. Smoke Control Operations (CntrlType, Default: 0 [No Action]) Smoke Control Input can be configured as either a Digital Input or Network input. If configured as a Network input, then it is communicated over a LON network. Smoke Control can have the following valid values: 0 - No Action 1 - Close Damper and Fan OFF 2 - Open Damper and Fan ON 3 - Close Damper and Fan ON No Action: When Smoke input is OFF or False, no action is taken. Also if Smoke Input is TRUE and Smoke Control is 0, no action is taken. Damper position will be as per logic or overridden value. Note: When Economizer Damper Override State (nvieconovr_state, Default: null) is set to ON, then the Damper Output is overridden to a value of the Economizer Override (nvieconovr_percent, Default: null) network input. Close Damper and Fan OFF: When Smoke Control parameter is set to 1 and Smoke input becomes TRUE, then damper will be closed and fan will be turned OFF. Open Damper and Fan ON: When Smoke Control parameter is set to 2 and Smoke input becomes TRUE, then the economizer damper will be 100 % open and fan will be turned ON (If it is previously in OFF condition). Close Damper and Fan ON: When Smoke Control parameter is set to 3 and Smoke input becomes TRUE, then the economizer damper will be closed and fan will be turned ON (If it is previously in OFF condition). Emergency Command Operations (EmergencyCmd, Default: 0 [Normal]) There are following values valid for Emergency Command parameter: -1 - Emergency Null 0 - Emergency Normal 1 - Emergency Pressurize 2 - Emergency Depressurize 3 - Emergency Purge 4 - Emergency Shutdown 5 - Emergency Fire Emergency Null When Emergency Command is set to null, then the damper position and fan command will be as per the Smoke Control Operation or as per the system logic. For details on smoke control operations, refer to Smoke Control Operations section

106 Emergency Normal When Emergency Command is set to 0, then the damper position and fan command will be as per the Smoke Control Operation or as per the system logic. Emergency Pressurize When Emergency Command is set to 1, then Damper position will be equal to Emergency Pressurize Setpoint (ncieconoma_emrgpress, Default: 100 %) and fan will be turned ON. Emergency De-pressurize When Emergency Command is set to 2, then Damper position will be equal to Emergency De-pressurize Setpoint (ncieconoma_emrgdepress, Default: 0 %) and fan will be turned ON. Emergency Purge When Emergency Command is set to 3, then the value of fan and damper will be equal to the value set by Smoke Control (CntrlType, Default: 0 [No Action]) parameter. For example, if Smoke Control parameter is as follows: 0 - No Action will be taken and fan command and damper position will be as per the system logic. 1 - Close Damper and Fan OFF: Damper will be closed and fan will be turned OFF. 2 - Open Damper and Fan ON: Damper will be fully opened and fan will be turned ON. 3 - Close Damper and Fan ON: Damper will be closed and fan will be turned ON. Note: During Emergency Purge, the operation of Smoke Control is similar to the operation explained in Smoke Control Operations section. However, here it is an exception that Smoke Input is not required. Emergency Shutdown When Emergency Command is set to 4, the system will be shutdown, the fan will be turned OFF, and all loops will be disabled. Emergency Fire When Emergency Command is set to 5, then the fan command and damper position will be set according to smoke control operation. For details, refer to Smoke Control Operations section. Note: Emergency Operation of the Economizer Damper and fan depends on the parameters mentioned in Table 35. For details on these parameters, refer to the Smoke Control Operations and Emergency Command Operations. Table 35: Emergency Control parameters The required parameters for Emergency Command and Smoke Control are listed below. Parameter Name Default Value Available Valid Values Smoke Control (CntrlType) 0 - No Action [0 - No Action, 1- Close Damper and Fan OFF, 2- Open Damper and Fan ON, 3- Close Damper and Fan On] Emergency Command (EmergencyCmd) 0 - Normal [0 - Normal, 1 - Emergency Null, 0 - Emergency Normal, 1 - Emergency Pressurize, 2 - Emergency Depressurize, 3 - Emergency Purge, 4 - Emergency Shutdown, 5 - Emergency Fire] Emergency Pressurize Setpoint (ncieconoma_emrgpress) Emergency Depressurize Setpoint (ncieconoma_emrgdepress) 100 % Range 0 to 100 % 0 % Range 0 to 100 % Smoke Control Input OFF Digital Input or Network Input Damper Override Position (nwdamperoverride) 30 % Range 0 to 100 %

107 Economizer Control When the system is running in an Occupied Mode, the Economizer Damper is set to Minimum Damper position. Its minimum position will reset as per the ventilation requirements addressed by return/space CO2 or network IAQ override. Along with this operation, during Cooling Mode, if outside air is suitable for cooling, Economizer damper is modulated open to maintain the space temperature as a first stage of cooling. When economizer damper reaches saturation, the mechanical cooling is operated in sequence with Economizer to maintain the space temperature. The function of the economizer is to reduce energy consumption by minimizing the use of mechanical cooling. There are various strategies to determine the suitability of the outside air for free cooling conditions. As weather varies from region to region, a strategy suitable for one region may not be suitable for another region. Hence, to choose the most suitable economizer strategy, consider the type of weather in the region. Each Economizer strategy needs different sensor(s). Therefore, it is important to configure the sensors as per the selected strategy in the CVAHU controller. Following are the different strategies provided by the CVAHU controller: 1. None Select "None" as the economizer type when the application or equipment does not have an economizer section. Examples of this are when the equipment takes in either 100% outdoor air or 100% return air. There is no need to set any other parameters related to Economizer. Outdoor air temperature is less than Outdoor Temperature High Limit (Default: 63 F). This condition is ignored if outdoor air temperature is not used. The output for this Economizer type can be configured through one of the following options: Outdoor enthalpy and return air enthalpy sensors. Outdoor air temperature, outdoor air humidity sensor, return air temperature, and return air humidity sensor. If these outputs are configured, then outdoor enthalpy and return, air enthalpy is calculated internally in the controller. 4. Differential Enthalpy C7400 MA This Economizer type works similar to Differential Enthalpy BTU/LB. However, for this type, Honeywell s C7400 sensors are utilized for measuring the outside and return air enthalpy. The C7400 enthalpy sensor combines temperature and humidity measurements into a single device. The output is 4 to 20 ma. All sensing elements are solid-state electronics proven durable over more than fifteen years of usage. There are no setpoints on the sensors since setpoints are provided and can be adjusted in the control provided inside the CVAHU controller. For Outdoor air sensing, the C7400 Enthalpy Sensor may be mounted in any orientation where it is exposed to freely circulating air, however needs to be protected from rain, snow and direct sunlight. For return air sensing, a second C7400 Enthalpy Sensor is need to be connected to the CVAHU controller.it s mounting position is in the return air duct. 2. Packaged If Packaged Economizer type is selected, then the digital output for Economizer Damper has to be configured. Analog output is not supported by the packaged economizer types. When the system is running, the system is in cooling mode, and at least one cooling stage is enabled, then the packaged economizer damper is opened. 3. Differential Enthalpy BTU/LB This Economizer type can be selected if environment is not suitable for dry bulb temperature method. This Economizer type is enabled, when both the following conditions are TRUE: Difference between return air enthalpy and outside air enthalpy is more than Differential Enthalpy Setpoint BTU/LB (Default: 0.25 BTU/LB) Figure 58: C7400 Enthalpy Sensor If this type of Economizer is selected, then Economizer Mode is enabled when, Difference between return air enthalpy and outside air enthalpy (measured in ma) is greater than Differential Enthalpy Setpoint MA (Default = 1. 0 ma)

108 When Outdoor Temperature is less than Outdoor Air Temperature High Limit (Default: 63 F). This condition is ignored if the outdoor air temperature is not configured to the CVAHU controller. 5. Outdoor Air Enthalpy This fixed air enthalpy method compares outdoor air enthalpy to Outdoor Air Enthalpy Setpoint (Default: 27.0 btu/lb). 9. Digital Input This is the simple Economizer Type. If this type is selected for the CVAHU, a digital input (named as an Economizer Enable input in the wizard) is assigned to the CVAHU. If outdoor temperature is assigned to the CVAHU, then Outdoor Air High Limit interlock will be added to enable the Economizer Mode else this interlock will be ignored. This type is useful when an external device is providing Economizer Enable command to the CVAHU controller. When outdoor enthalpy is less than this fixed setpoint, then the Economizer is enabled. The enthalpy can be calculated by any one of the following methods: Configuring outdoor air enthalpy sensor Configuring outdoor air temperature and air humidity sensor. Enthalpy is calculated inside the controller. If outdoor air temperature is configured along with the other required inputs for this type, then outdoor air temperature is also compared to Outdoor Air Temperature High Limit (Default : 63 F). If outdoor temperature is not configured then this condition is ignored. 6. Outdoor Enthalpy C7400 MA This works the same way as outdoor enthalpy. Only difference is, if this economizer type is selected then C7400 outdoor enthalpy sensor needs to be configured to the CVAHU. This is the Honeywell s enthalpy sensor and has in-built solid state enthalpy sensor. This sensor produces 4-20 ma output according to the outdoor enthalpy. 7. Differential Temperature If this Economizer type is selected, then Economizer is enabled when both the following conditions are met: Difference between return air temperature and outdoor air temperature is compared with Dry Bulb Differential Temperature (Default: 2 F). If the difference is greater than the Dry Bulb Differential Temperature Setpoint. Outdoor temperature is less than Outdoor Temperature High Limit (Default: 63 F). When this type is selected, outdoor temperature and enthalpy return air temperature are configured to the CVAHU. 8. Outdoor Temperature Only one temperature sensor, outdoor air temperature, is required for this economizer type. When outdoor temperature is less than Outdoor Air Temperature High Limit (Default: 63 F), the Economizer is enabled. 10. Network Input Economizer This is the simplest type to enable the Economizer Mode. Network input will determine the Economizer Mode to enable or disable. This type needs no physical input to be assigned for economizer operation. Economizer Mode can be enabled through supervisor or workstation over a LON network. Economizer Operation When Economizer is enabled by the selected strategy, then the Economize damper operates as follows: 1. When unit is running and in Occupied Mode, then Economizer Damper opens to Minimum Damper Position (Default: 5 %). 2. When Economizer is enabled by the selected strategy (When outside weather is suitable for free cooling), and Cooling Mode is active, then economizer damper is modulated to open from Minimum Damper Position (5 %) to 100 % for maintaining the space temperature or return air temperature if return air temperature is selected as a controlling element. 3. When Economizer Damper opens 100 % and still space temperature is above the Effective Cooling Setpoint, then mechanical cooling is modulated open (If modulating cooling equipment is configured) or staged ON (If staged cooling equipment is configured). 4. When space temperature starts dropping towards Effective Cooling Setpoint, then first mechanical cooling equipment is modulated closed (If modulating cooling equipment is configured) or stages are turned OFF in sequence (If staged cooling equipment is configured and then economizer damper is modulated close towards Minimum Damper Position). Economizer operation is disabled if one of the following conditions is TRUE: Staged Cooling type is configured and no cooling stages are enabled. There is no Cooling Mode. Economizer Mode (or free cooling) is disabled. System is in Shutdown state manually through network or due to safety

109 Mixed Air Control During Economizer or Demand Ventilation operations, Economizer damper opens and more outside air is admitted into the space. If this air is cool, it starts lowering mixed air temperature and discharge air temperature. For safety, this mixed air or discharge air temperature should not fall below low limit. The mixed air control algorithm will completely close the outside air damper, if necessary, to maintain the discharge air low limit setpoint. Alternatively, the mixed air control algorithm will modulate the outside air damper position, down to the minimum damper position, in order to maintain the mixed air setpoint. Note: For Mixed Air Control, Mixed Air Temperature sensor is utilized to maintain the low limit. However, if Mixed Air Temperature sensor is not configured and Discharge Air Temperature is configured to the CVAHU controller, then CVAHU controller automatically utilizes the Discharge Air Temperature to maintain the low limit. In this case all parameters and setpoints related to mixed air control are applicable to discharge air temperature. If Heating for IAQ override is configured, then Mixed Air Control is disabled and discharge air temperature is maintained by modulating heating equipment to maintain the low limit. Here priority is given to ventilation. For details, refer to Heating for IAQ Override. Following are the parameters associated to Mixed Air Control: Low Limit Mixed Air Temperature Setpoint (ncieconoma_matsp, Default:53 F) Mixed Air Temperature Throttling Range (ncieconoma_mattr, Default:15 Δ F): Tr Mixed Air Temperature Dead Band (ncieconoma_matdb, Default:1.0 Δ F) Max AO Change (ncieconoma_maxaochg, Default: 1.1 %) Min AO Change (ncieconoma_minaochg, Default: 0.12 %) Following are the parameter details, Error = Sensor Setpoint 1. Tr (Throttling range) is an Error value that results in an Output change of the maximum value (MaxAOchange) from one step to the next. 2. MaxAOchange is the maximum amount (%) that Output will change for a single cycle of the control (1 sec). This is typically set to 100 % or actuator speed (sec/full stroke). 3. Deadband is the absolute value that Error must be greater than before the output will change. EffErr = Err dead band Where, EffErr = Effective Error If Err > 0, then ErrSign = 1 else ErrSign = -1 If Err < dead band, then AbsErr = 0 Otherwise, if Err > dead band, then AbsErr = Err - deadband Output = Output + ErrSign*[( maxaochng minao)*{abserr / (ThrottlingRange- Deadband)})*3 + MinAO)] When mixed air temperature (or discharge air temperature in the case if mixed air temperature is not configured) drops below the Low Limit Mixed Air Temperature Setpoint, then Economizer damper starts modulate closing until Minimum Damper Position or position set by Ventilation Demand Control reaches, in order to maintain the mixed air temperature or discharge air temperature (the case if mixed air temperature is not configured) to the Low Limit Setpoint. Low Limit Temperature Override Control (ncilotempovrd_lolimsp, Default: 45 F) This control overrides Economizer damper position to prevent the mixed air temperature (or discharge air temperature if mixed air temperature is not configured) from falling below Low Temperature Override Limit by modulating to close the damper toward 0 %. Low limit temperature override control is disabled with heating for IAQ is enabled. This control is specially designed for Mixed Air Temperature sensor. If Mixed Air Temperature sensor is not configured and discharge air temperature is configured, then CVAHU controller automatically selects the discharge air temperature as a control element. Operation: When Mixed Air Temperature (or discharge air temperature if mixed air temperature is not configured) drops below Low Limit Temperature Override Setpoint, Economizer damper starts modulate closing towards 0 % in order to prevent further drop. Following are the parameters required for configuring the Low Limit Temperature Override Control: 1. Low Limit Temperature Override Throttling Range (ncilotempovrd_limtr, Default: 4 Δ F) 2. Low Limit Temperature Override Dead Band (ncilotempovrd_lolimdeadband, Default: 1.0 Δ F)

110 3. Low Limit Temperature Override Max AO Change (ncilotempovrd_lolimmaxaochg, Default: 1.0 %) 4. Low Limit Temperature Override Min AO Change (ncilotempovrd_lolimminaochg, Default: %) Low Limit Close Alarm Due to Low Temperature Override Control, if Economizer Damper position drops below the minimum damper position set by Minimum Damper Position Setpoint or set by Demand Ventilation Control, then Low Limit Close Alarm is generated. During occupied Mode, Economizer dampers opens to Minimum Damper Position Setpoint. If Demand Ventilation Control strategy is utilized, then this Minimum Damper Position is resets per the Demand Ventilation Control. Due to Low Temperature Override Control, if Economizer Damper closes below the Minimum Damper Position, this alarm is generated. to inform that the ventilation is decreased. Refer to Demand Ventilation Control and Low Limit Temperature Control for details. This alarm will generate when the damper position is below the required ventilation position due to low limit. Freeze Stat Operation Freeze stat (If installed in the CVAHU controller) is utilized to prevent the coil from freezing. Generally, freeze stat tripping setpoint is set to 36 F and needs manual reset once tripped. Freeze Stat operation is configured by the Low Temperature Override Freeze Stat parameter (ncilotempovrd_frzstat, Default: 0 - Alarm Only). Following are the valid states for this parameter: 0 - Alarm Only 1 - Close Damper 2 - Close Damper Open Heating 3 - Close Damper Open Heating and Cooling 0 - Alarm Only If Low Limit Temperature Override Freeze Stat parameter is configured to Alarm Only on tripping of freeze stat, then CVAHU Controller generates alarm only and does not affect any other operation. 1 - Close Damper When a Freeze Stat trip, then the damper is closed 2 - Close Damper and Open Heating This option closes the damper and opens heating element such as heating valve. Opening the heating valve and allowing water flow through the coil prevents the freezing of the coil. 3 - Close Damper Open Heating and Cooling This option closes the damper and opens both heating and cooling vales. Water flows through coils prevent coils from freezing. Note: It is recommended to hardwire the freeze stat interlock to supply fan. If economizer damper actuator, heating valve actuator and cooling valve actuators are spring return, it is better to add hardwired interlock of the freeze stat, so that when freeze stat trips, economizer damper, heating valve and cooling valve will be spring returned to their safe position. Freeze Protection Mode Stryker CVAHU has a Freeze Protection Algorithm incorporated into the controller. For Freeze Protection Mode: 1. Window switch is wired to the CVAHU controller and Window Switch input is configured, or 2. Window switch contact from other controller or supervisory device is shared with CVAHU controller through LON bus. Following are the network inputs: a. Window State (nviwindow_state, Default = null) b. Window Value (nviwindow_value, Default = null) Freeze protection Mode gets activated when an Open Window is detected through a window switch or through LON network. In this mode, Heating Setpoint will reset to Freeze Protection Heating Setpoint (ncimisccontrol_spspcfrz, Default: 46 F), heating is enabled, and cooling is disabled. Heating equipment will operate to maintain the Freeze Protection Setpoint (46 F). For Heat Pump applications, Auxiliary Heating Setpoint is: Auxiliary Heating Setpoint = Freeze Protection Setpoint + Auxiliary Heating Droop The freeze Protection Mode will get disabled when Window Close status is detected & CVAHU controller will resume its operation immediately.. If Window Close status is detected through network window status, then the CVAHU controller comes out of Freeze Protection Mode after five minutes

111 Frost Alarm If Freeze Protection Mode is activated and space temperature drops below 42.8 F, then the Frost Alarm is generated after a Preset Time Delay. As soon as the temperature rises above 44.8 F, the alarm is cleared after a Post Time Delay. Following are the network variables for pre and post time delays: Preset Time Delay (PresetTimeDelay, Default: 0 seconds) Post Time Delay (PostTimeDelay, Default: 180 seconds) Note: The Stryker CVAHU Controller has limited power (only 9 ma at 4.8 V) for checking the digital inputs for contact closures. Therefore, it is important that the contact devices are of high quality. They should be noncorrosive with a resistance that increases over time. The use of noble metals (such as, gold or silver) or sealed contacts assure consistent and long-term operation

112 Accessory Loops In addition to the conventional/modulating and heat pump applications, CVAHU controller provides two additional accessory loops. These loops are freely configured to control other equipments, such as, Exhaust fans. Accessory Loop Operation Accessory loops are basically PID loops, that produces output depending upon the process variables and setpoint. When process variable (such as temperature or pressure) is different from the setpoint, then the output provided by this loop drives the final control element to minimize the error and bring back the process variable to its setpoint. The output of the Accessory loop is calculated as per the PID algorithm based on the error value and PID parameters (Throttling range, Integral time, and Derivative time). The parameters affecting the Accessory loop are explained as follows: Outputs Modulating Output: Modulating output is either analog or floating type. If analog type is selected, then the output of the PID loop is assigned to the analog output of the CVAHU controller. If floating type is selected, then the output of the PID loop is assigned to the two digital outputs of the CVAHU controller. Note: When analog type is selected as a modulating output, then refer to Table 31 Analog Control for setting the associated parameters. For floating type, refer to Table 32 for Floating Control. 3. Modulating Control for Auxiliary (Default: No) If modulating control for Auxiliary is set to YES, and the PID loop output is greater than the Modulating Output Threshold Setpoint (Default: 200), then the Auxiliary Output is turned ON after a Minimum ON Time. When PID loop value is less than the Modulating Output Threshold Setpoint, then the Auxiliary Output is turned OFF after a Minimum Off Delay. Staged Output Up to three staged outputs can be assigned to accessory loop. These staged outputs act as per the following staged control actions: Conventional: If Staged Control Action is set to Conventional, then stager behavior operates these staged outputs. Refer to Figure 59 Stage 3 on Stage 2 on Stage 1 on Stages 0 % Hyst 100 %/MaxStgs Stager Behavior Figure 59: Stager Behavior CmdPercent Thermostat 3 Cycles/hr: If Staged Control Action is set to Thermostat 3 Cycles/Hr, then the cycler behavior with CPH = 3 and anticipatory authority = 100 % operates these staged outputs. (Refer to Figure 60). Auxiliary Output It is a digital output. When configured, its operation depends upon the following parameters: Aux AO Action (Default: Continuous) 1. Continuous During Occupied and Standby mode, this output is ON. 2. Intermittent During Unoccupied and Bypass mode, this output acts as a first stage of PID loop

113 Stage 3 locked on Stage 2 locked on Stages AnticAuth/MaxStgs Stage 1 locked on - Hyst 0 % Hyst 100 % /MaxStgs Cycler Behavior Figure 60: Cycler Behavior CmdPercent Average Of Multi-Inputs Smart Of Multi-Inputs Space Temperature Space Humidity Mixed Air temperature Discharge Air Temperature Outdoor Air Temperature Return Air Temperature Outdoor Air Enthalpy Return Air Enthalpy Shared Input None Discharge temp Outdoor temp Return air temp Return air CO 2 Inputs Main Sensor This is a process variable for the accessory loop. Following are the options available for the main sensor. None 20 Kntc TR2X 20Kntc Custom Sensor 1 Custom Sensor 2 RH 0 to 10V RH 2 to 10V CO2 0 to 2000 ppm Pressure 0 to 5 inwc Pressure 0 to 2.5 inwc Pressure 0 to 0.25 inwc 0 to 10 V Generic C7400_A_C C7400_Temp_8 C7400_Temp_9 C7400_Temp_10 C7400_Temp_11 C7400_Temp_12 C7400_RH_8 C7400_RH_9 C7400_RH_10 C7400_RH_11 C7400_RH_12 Network Input Free1Mod Network Input Free2Mod Main Application Output None Maximum Of Multi-Inputs Minimum Of Multi-Inputs Setpoint This is a Setpoint for the accessory loop. Setpoint is either network variable or analog input to the CVAHU controller. Following are the options available for the Setpoint. None 20 Kntc TR2X 20Kntc Custom Sensor 1 Custom Sensor 2 RH 0 to 10V RH 2 to 10V CO2 0 to 2000 ppm Pressure 0 to 5 inwc Pressure 0 to 2.5 inwc Pressure 0 to 0.25 inwc 0 to 10 V Generic C7400_A_C Main Application Output Shared Input Loop Disable This is used to disable the accessory loop. The input is either network input or digital input or main application. Following are the options available for the Loop Disable Digital normally Open Digital normally Closed DLC Shed Network Input MonDig Network Input Free1Dig Network Input Free2Dig Main Application Output Shared Input

114 Reset Sensor This is used to reset the setpoint of the accessory loop. Following parameters are required to reset the setpoint: Minimum Reset Sensor Value Maximum Reset Sensor Value Min Reset Amount Max Reset Amount Occupancy Status This is used to show the status of occupancy in accessory loops. Following parameters are required for Occupancy Status. Digital normally Open Digital normally Closed Main Application Output Shared Input Modulating control for Aux Modulating Output Threshold for Aux Aux Output Minimum Off Time Aux Output Run on Time If occupancy sensor input is assigned as effective occupancy of the accessory loop, then the setpoint of this loop is changed as per the following setpoints of the Effective Occupancy. Occupied Setpoint (Default: 74 F) Unoccupied Setpoint (78 F) Standby Setpoint (76 F) Control Parameters Following are the parameters of the PID loop: Throttling Range It is the proportional change in the sensed variable. This variable is required to change the control output from 0 to 100 percent. The unit of the throttling range depends upon the unit of process variable. Integral Time (Default = 1650 seconds) It is used to calculate the integral gain of the PID loop. The time in seconds is inversely proportional to the integral change per second. A setting of 0 eliminates the integral function. It ranges from 0 to 5000 sec Reverse If the loop output decreases as the process variable increases, set the PID action as reverse. System Alarms Stryker CVAHU controller generates the following alarms for monitoring and operational purposes: 1. Frost Alarm 2. Invalid Setpoint Alarm 3. Indoor Air Quality Alarm 4. Emergency Override Alarm 5. Fan Failure Alarm 6. Dirty Filter Alarm 7. Low Limit Economizer Close Alarm 8. Freeze Start Alarm 9. Space Temperature Alarm 10. Heating Override Alarm 11. Cooling Override Alarm 12. Smoke Alarm Frost Alarm This alarm is enabled only when the Freeze Protection Mode is activated by the window switch or through network. Frost alarm is generated when the space temperature falls below the frost alarm setpoint (nciconst_frostalarmsp, Default: 42.8 F). The alarm condition remains until the temperature exceeds the alarm limit plus hysteresis. Alarm get disabled when window status is closed. Invalid Setpoint Alarm Invalid Setpoint Alarm is generated when any one of the following condition is TRUE: Table 36: Setpoint Alarms Index > Greater than < Lesser than Derivative Time (0 seconds) It is used to calculate the derivative gain in a PID loop. The time in seconds is directly proportional to the derivative effect per second. It ranges from 0 to 6553 sec. PID Action (Default: Direct) Direct: If the loop output increases as the process variable increases, then set the PID action as direct. Occupied Cooling SP > Unoccupied Cooling SP Occupied Heating SP > Occupied Cooling SP Unoccupied Heating SP > Occupied Heating SP Standby Heating SP > Standby Cooling SP Occupied Cooling SP > High Limit (Default: 100 F) Unoccupied Heating SP < Low Limit (Default: 40 F)

115 Standby Heating SP < Low Limit (Default: 40 F) Standby Heating SP > High Limit (Default: 100 F) Indoor Air Quality Alarm This alarm is generated when the CO2 level of space or return air (The one which is configured for Demand Ventilation Control) rises above the DCV Setpoint (nciiaqdcvsetpt, Default: 800 ppm) ppm. Emergency Override Alarm This alarm is generated in case of emergency. It is activated through network command nviemergcmd_hvacemerg. If any one of the following conditions is valid, then the command is activated to generate this alarm: 1. Emergency Pressurize [1] 2. Emergency De-pressurize [2] 3. Emergency Purge [3] 4. Emergency Shutdown [4] 5. Emergency Fire [5] If the network input is configured for dirty fitter alarm, and it receives HIGH value over a LON network from the device, dirty filter alarm is generated. Low Limit Economizer Close Alarm This alarm generates when the economizer is closed beyond the minimum position to prevent the mixed air temperature from going below the Mixed Air temperature Low Limit (Default: 45 F). If mixed air temperature is not configured as an input, then discharge air temperature is selected automatically by the system. The alarm will be generated when the Discharge Air temperature falls below the Discharge Air temperature Low Limit (Default: 45 F). Alarm will be disabled if minimum closing position of damper is 0 %. Freeze Start Alarm This alarm generates when the Freeze Stat trips according to the parameter settings. Freeze Stat operation is configured by the Low Temperature Override Freeze Stat parameter (ncilotempovrd_frzstat, Default: Alarm Only [0]). Fan Failure Alarm Fan Failure Alarm is generated when fan is commanded ON and proof of flow is not proved within Fan Failure Time (ncifan_failtime, Default: 60 seconds). Fan Failure parameter (ncifan_almtype, Default: Annunciate Only) determines what action will be taken if fan failure is detected. It has following set of values: None [0]: The Fan Failure Alarm will not be generated. Annunciate Only [1]: The Fan Failure Alarm will be generated, however the system will continuously run and will not be affected by the alarm. Disable Control [2]: The system will shutdown if the Fan Failure Alarm occurs for three consecutive times. Note: To reset the alarm, change the HVAC Mode (nviapplicmode, Default: Auto) to OFF mode. Dirty Filter Alarm This alarm is generated when any one of the following conditions is TRUE: The pressure drop across the filter exceeds the Filter Differential Pressure High Limit. If digital input is configured for dirty filter alarm and when this input is HIGH, dirty filter alarm is generated. Following are the valid states for this parameter: Alarm Only [0] Close Damper [1] Close Damper Open Heating [2] Close Damper Open Heating and Cooling [3] Note: If manual-reset operation is desired, the Freeze Stat device must provide the physical pushbutton, which the operator presses, to reset the system after a freeze condition has occurred. Space Temperature Alarm During Occupied mode, if space temperature crosses the high limit or low limit, an alarm will be generated after an alarm delay (Default: 1800 seconds). The delay is provided to stabilize the system and to avoid the nuisance alarms. Following are the relevant parameters: Space Temperature High Limit: (ncimisccontrol_spcalmhilimit, Default Value: 90 O F) Space Temperature Low Limit: (ncimisccontrol_spcalmlolimt, Default Value: 50 O F) Space Temperature Alarm Delay: (ncimisccontrol_spcalmdelay, Default Value: 1800 Sec)

116 Heating Override Alarm This alarm is generated when heating command is overridden by the network variable (nvihtgovr) in the system. Cooling Override Alarm This alarm is generated when cooling command is overridden by the network variable (nviclgovr) in the system.. Network Variables Smoke Alarm Smoke alarm is generated when the smoke detector detects smoke and the node enters an emergency state. For details, refer to Smoke Control Operations section. Common Alarm This alarm will be generated when any one of the above mentioned alarms get activated. Network Configurable Inputs (NCI) Table 37: CVAHU Network Configurable Inputs NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description ncitempsetpoint s temp_setpt F Room Temperature setpoints 40 range 100 F Precision: 1 unoccupied_heat standby_heat occupied_heat occupied_cool standby_cool unoccupied_cool occupiedcool temp_p 74 standbycool temp_p 76 unoccupiedcool temp_p 85 occupiedheat temp_p 70 standbyheat temp_p 67 F F F F F Occupied mode cooling setpoint 40 range 100 F Precision: 1 Standby mode cooling setpoint 40 range 100 F Precision: 1 Unoccupied mode cooling setpoint 40 range 100 F Precision: 1 Occupied mode heating setpoint 40 range 100 F Precision: 1 Standby mode heating setpoint 40 range 100 F Precision: 1 unoccupiedheat temp_p 60 F Unoccupied mode heating setpoint. 40 range 100 F Precision: 1 ncicontrol MainSensor VAL-ubyte 0 Room temperature control main sensor 0 SpaceTemp Space Sensor 1 ReturnAirTemp Return Air

117 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description Note: Tool to add warning if User selects C7400s or custom sensor. Sensor location or resolution may affect the space temperature control precision. Cascade VAL-ubyte 0 Cascade Control of Discharge Air Temperature. 0 Disable the discharge air temperature is not directly controlled 1 Enable the discharge air temperature is controlled by an additional control loop based on the error signal from the space temperature control loop CasTRhtg SNVT temp_diff_p 30 F DAT cascade control heating throttling range 5 range 60 F Precision: 1 CasHtgDeadband SNVT temp_diff_p 1 F Heating cascade control deadband is the absolute value that Error must be greater than before the output will change value. Note: This value is typically set to zero. Set the deadband to a nonzero number to eliminate actuator wear as a result of sensor value noise. CasHtgDervGain time_sec 0 sec Heating cascade control derivative Gain. Factory set parameter typically remains at a value of 0. CasHtgMaxAoCh g CasHtgMinAoCh g lev_percent lev_percent 1.1 pct Heating cascade control maximum output change per second. The maxaochange is the maximum amount ( %) that the Output changes for a single cycle of the control (1 sec). This is typically set to: 100 % / (actuator speed(sec/full stroke)) Motor maxaochg Speed (sec) pct Heating cascade control minimum output change per second. The minaochange is the minimum amount (%) that the Output changes. CasTRclg SNVT temp_diff_p 30 F DAT cascade control cooling throttling range 5 range 60 F Precision: 1 CasClgDeadband SNVT temp_diff_p 1 F Cooling cascade control deadband is the absolute value that Error must be greater than before the output will change value

118 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description Note: This value is typically set to zero. Set the deadband to a nonzero number to eliminate actuator wear as a result of sensor value noise. CasClgDervGain time_sec 0 sec Cooling cascade control derivative Gain Factory set parameter typically remains at a value of 0. CasClgMaxAoCh g CasHtgMinAoCh g CasTRclg lev_percent lev_percent SNVT temp_diff_p 1.1 pct Cooling cascade control maximum output change per second. The maxaochange is the maximum amount (%) that the Output changes for a single cycle of the control (1 sec). This is typically set to: 100 % / (actuator speed(sec/full stroke)) Motor maxaochg Speed (sec) pct Heating cascade control minimum output change per second. The minaochange is the minimum amount (%) that the Output changes. Typical values: 100 % / (actuator resolution) Floating Actuator 100 % / (90sec/0.1sec) 0.11 % Analog Actuator 2 10 VDC 100 %/(8VDC/(10VDC/1024)) 0.12 % Analog Actuator 0 10 VDC 100 % / % 30 F DAT cascade control cooling throttling range 5 range 60 F Precision: 1 CasClgDeadband SNVT temp_diff_p 1 F Cooling cascade control deadband is the absolute value that Error must be greater than before the output will change value. Note: This value is typically set to zero. Set the deadband to a nonzero number to eliminate actuator wear as a result of sensor value noise. CasClgDervGain time_sec 0 sec Cooling cascade control derivative Gain Factory set parameter typically remains at a value of 0. CasClgMaxAoCh g lev_percent 1.1 pct Cooling cascade control maximum output change per second. The maxaochange is the maximum amount (%) that the Output changes for a single cycle of the control

119 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description (1 sec). This is typically set to: 100 % / (actuator speed(sec/full stroke)) Motor maxaochg Speed (sec) CasClgMinAoChg lev_percent 0.12 pct Cooling cascade control minimum output change per second. The minaochange is the minimum amount (%) that the Output changes. Typical values: 100 % / (actuator resolution) Floating Actuator 100 % / (90sec/0.1sec) 0.11 % Analog Actuator 2 10 VDC 100 % / (8VDC/(10VDC/1024)) 0.12 % Analog Actuator 0 10 VDC 100 % / % CasDatHiLimClg temp_p 85 OF When the mode is Cool, and CascadeControl is enabled, the discharge air temperature is controlled to a value not to exceed DatHiLim CasDatLoLimClg range 95 F Precision: 1 CasDatLoLimClg temp_p 53 OF When the mode is Cool, and CascadeControl is enabled, the discharge air temperature is controlled to a value not to fall below DatLoLim 40F range CasDatHiLimClg Precision: 1 CasDatHiLimHtg temp_p 95 F When the mode is HEAT, and CascadeControl is enabled, the discharge air temperature is controlled to a value not to exceed DatHiLim CasDatLoLimHtg range 135 F Precision: 1 CasDatLoLimHtg VAL-ubyte 1 Allow system auto change over from cooling to heating. 0 Disable Disable auto changeover 1 Enable Enable auto changeover Note: This configuration overrides the Zio AutoChangeOver System command. To enable auto changeover from the Zio, set AutoChgOvr=

120 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description ncimisccontrol HtgDisable ClgDisable SNVT temp_p SNVT temp_p 65 F When the outdoor air temperature is greater than OdLckHtg, then conventional mechanical heating is disabled. -30 range 120 F Precision: 1 Notes: Heating lockout does not affect dehumidification strategies. -30 F When the outdoor air temperature is less than OdLckClg, then mechanical cooling is disabled. -30 range 120 F Precision: 1 OccSensorOp Val-ubyte 2 Occupancy sensor operation 1 UnOcCleanCrew When scheduled to be unoccupied and the occupancy sensor is active, switch to standby for the comfort of the cleaning crew. When scheduled to be unoccupied and the occupancy sensor is active, switch to standby for the comfort of the cleaning crew. 2 ConfRm When scheduled to be unoccupied stay unoccupied independent of the occupancy sensor activity. 3 UnOcTenant When scheduled to be unoccupied and the occupancy sensor is active, switch to occupied for the comfort of the tenant. Note: If an occupancy sensor is configured and the space is scheduled for occupied and the occupancy sensor is inactive, the mode switches to standby. Manual override commands have priority over the schedule and the occupancy sensor. Occupancy Sensor Behavior 1 No occupancy detected (inactive) 0 Occupancy detected (active) OccStandby ubyte 0 Standby mode occupancy interpretation 0 StdbyAsUnOc Standby considered unoccupied for Fan operation and economizer auxiliary output 1 StdbyAsOcc Standby considered occupied for Fan operation and auxiliary output PwrUpDisable time_sec 10 sec Controller power up disable time. Local outputs are disabled for a fixed time at power up. 1 range 300 sec Precision: 0 SmokeControl Val-ubyte 0 Type of smoke control during smoke emergency mode

121 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description 0 NoAction no action 1 CloseDmprFanOff economizer damper is closed and the fan is off 2 OpnDmprFanOn economizer damper is open and the fan is on 3 CloseDmprFanOn economizer damper is closed and the fan is on SpFilter press_p 0.25 inwc If a filter pressure sensor is configured and the filter pressure reported exceeds SpFilterPress, then a DIRTY_FILTER alarm is generated 0 range 5 inwc Precision: 3 SpSpcFrz temp_p 46.4 F Space freeze protection setpoint The space heating setpoint is shifted to this value when a window is opened. -30 range 70 F Precision: 1 SpcAlmHiLimit SNVT temp_p 90 F Space temperature occupied alarm high limit 50 range 90 F Precision: 1 SpcAlmLoLimit temp_p 50 F Space Temperature occupied alarm low limit 50 range 90 F Precision: 1 SpcAlmDelay time_min 1800 sec Space Temp alarm disables delay from a change to occupied. 0 range sec Precision: 0 Note: Internal Default of 1800 seconds equals a Network default of 30 minutes ncilogicalinacc Accessory loop logical input configuration Acc1Sensor ubyte 255 Accessory Loop 1 sensor 0 UI_1 1 UI_2 2 UI_3 3 UI_4 4 UI_5 5 UI_6 8 MaxSpcTemp 9 MinutespcTemp 10 AvgSpcTemp 11 SmartSpcTemp 13 C7400sRH_0 14 C7400sRH_1 15 C7400sRH_

122 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description 16 C7400sRH_3 21 C7400sTemp_0 22 C7400sTemp_1 23 C7400sTemp_2 24 C7400sTemp_3 25 C7400sTemp_4 27 C7400sRH_4 33 SpcTempLogical 34 SpcRHLogical 35 SpcCO2Logical 36 MixedAirTempLogical 37 DischgAirTempLogical 38 OatLogical 39 RetAirTempLogical 40 RetAirHumLogical 41 OutAirEnth 42 RetAirEnth 64 nvifree1mod 65 nvifree2mod 255 Undefined Acc1Setpoint ubyte 255 Accessory Loop 1 setpoint. If this input is a valid value then it overrides the nciacc1setpts. 0 UI_1 1 UI_2 2 UI_3 3 UI_4 4 UI_5 5 UI_6 66 HtgSP 67 ClgSP 68 WallModCntrSP 255 Undefined Acc1Reset ubyte 255 Accessory Loop 1 reset sensor 0 UI_1 1 UI_2 2 UI_3 3 UI_4 4 UI_5 5 UI_

123 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description 13 C7400sRH_0 14 C7400sRH_1 16 C7400sRH_3 21 C7400sTemp_0 22 C7400sTemp_1 23 C7400sTemp_2 24 C7400sTemp_3 25 C7400sTemp_4 27 C7400sRH_4 33 SpcTempLogical 34 SpcRHLogical 35 SpcCO2Logical 36 MixedAirTempLogical 37 DischgAirTempLogical 38 OatLogical 39 RetAirTempLogical 40 RetAirHumLogical 41 OutAirEnth 42 RetAirEnth 43 OutAirRhLogical 44 HtgMod 45 ClgMod 46 OaDamper 64 nvifree1mod 65 nvifree2mod 68 WallModCntrSP 255 Undefined Acc1Disable ubyte 255 Accessory Loop 1 disable signal 0 UI_1 1 UI_2 2 UI_3 3 UI_4 4 UI_5 5 UI_6 47 DI_1 48 DI_2 49 DI_3 50 DI_4 51 nvidlcshed

124 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description 52 HtgStg1 53 ClgStg1 54 ClgDisable 55 HtgDisable 56 FrzPrtct 57 nvimondig 58 nvifree1dig 59 nvifree2dig 60 WSHPenble 63 ShutDown 255 Undefined Acc1Occ ubyte 255 Accessory Loop 1 occupancy status input 0 UI_1 1 UI_2 2 UI_3 3 UI_4 4 UI_5 5 UI_6 47 DI_1 48 DI_2 49 DI_3 50 DI_4 61 EffOcc 62 SchedOcc 255 Undefined Acc2Sensor ubyte 255 Accessory Loop 2 sensor 0 UI_1 1 UI_2 2 UI_3 3 UI_4 4 UI_5 5 UI_6 8 MaxSpcTemp 9 MinutespcTemp 10 AvgSpcTemp 11 SmartSpcTemp 13 C7400sRH_0 14 C7400sRH_1 15 C7400sRH_

125 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description 16 C7400sRH_3 21 C7400sTemp_0 22 C7400sTemp_1 23 C7400sTemp_2 24 C7400sTemp_3 25 C7400sTemp_4 27 C7400sRH_4 33 SpcTempLogical 34 SpcRHLogical 35 SpcCO2Logical 36 MixedAirTempLogical 37 DischgAirTempLogical 38 OatLogical 39 RetAirTempLogical 40 RetAirHumLogical 41 OutAirEnth 42 RetAirEnth 64 nvifree1mod 65 nvifree2mod 255 Undefined Acc2Setpoint ubyte 255 Accessory Loop 2 setpoint. If this input is a valid value then it overrides the nciacc2setpts. 0 UI_1 1 UI_2 2 UI_3 3 UI_4 4 UI_5 5 UI_6 66 HtgSP 67 ClgSP 68 WallModCntrSP 255 Undefined Acc2Reset ubyte 255 Accessory Loop 2 reset sensor 0 UI_1 1 UI_2 2 UI_3 3 UI_4 4 UI_5 5 UI_

126 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description 13 C7400sRH_0 14 C7400sRH_1 16 C7400sRH_3 21 C7400sTemp_0 22 C7400sTemp_1 23 C7400sTemp_2 24 C7400sTemp_3 25 C7400sTemp_4 27 C7400sRH_4 33 SpcTempLogical 34 SpcRHLogical 35 SpcCO2Logical 36 MixedAirTempLogical 37 DischgAirTempLogical 38 OatLogical 39 RetAirTempLogical 40 RetAirHumLogical 41 OutAirEnth 42 RetAirEnth 43 OutAirRhLogical 44 HtgMod 45 ClgMod 46 OaDamper 64 nvifree1mod 65 nvifree2mod 68 WallModCntrSP 255 Undefined Acc2Disable ubyte 255 Accessory Loop 2 disable signal 0 UI_1 1 UI_2 2 UI_3 3 UI_4 4 UI_5 5 UI_6 47 DI_1 48 DI_2 49 DI_3 50 DI_4 51 nvidlcshed

127 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description 52 HtgStg1 53 ClgStg1 54 ClgDisable 55 HtgDisable 56 FrzPrtct 57 nvimondig 58 nvifree1dig 59 nvifree2dig 60 WSHPenble 63 ShutDown 255 Undefined Acc2Occ ubyte 255 Accessory Loop 2 occupancy status input 0 UI_1 1 UI_2 2 UI_3 3 UI_4 4 UI_5 5 UI_6 47 DI_1 48 DI_2 49 DI_3 50 DI_4 61 EffOcc 62 SchedOcc 255 Undefined ncilogincvanalog CVAHU Control Logical Analog Input configuration SpcTemp ubyte Space temperature 0 UI_1 1 UI_2 2 UI_3 3 UI_4 4 UI_5 5 UI_6 6 nvispacetemp 7 ZioTemp 8 MaxSpcTemp 9 MinutespcTemp 10 AvgSpcTemp 11 SmartSpcTemp

128 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description 255 Undefined SpcRH ubyte 255 Space humidity 0 UI_1 1 UI_2 2 UI_3 3 UI_4 4 UI_5 5 UI_6 12 nvispacerh 13 C7400sRH_0 14 C7400sRH_1 15 C7400sRH_2 16 C7400sRH_3 17 ZioRH 27 C7400sRH_4 255 Undefined SpcCO2 ubyte 255 Space CO2 value 0 UI_1 1 UI_2 2 UI_3 3 UI_4 4 UI_5 5 UI_6 18 nvispaceco2 255 Undefined SpcTempSP ubyte 19 Space temperature setpoint value. 0 UI_1 1 UI_2 2 UI_3 3 UI_4 4 UI_5 5 UI_6 19 ZioCntrSP 255 Undefined RaT ubyte 255 Return air temperature 0 UI_1 1 UI_2 2 UI_

129 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description 3 UI_4 4 UI_5 5 UI_6 20 nvireturnairtemp 21 C7400sTemp_0 22 C7400sTemp_1 23 C7400sTemp_2 24 C7400sTemp_3 25 C7400sTemp_4 255 Undefined RaRH ubyte 255 Return air relative humidity 0 UI_1 1 UI_2 2 UI_3 3 UI_4 4 UI_5 5 UI_6 13 C7400sRH_0 14 C7400sRH_1 15 C7400sRH_2 16 C7400sRH_3 26 nvireturnairhum 27 C7400sRH_4 255 Undefined RaCO2 ubyte 255 Return air CO2 0 UI_1 1 UI_2 2 UI_3 3 UI_4 4 UI_5 5 UI_6 28 nvireturnairco2 255 Undefined RaEnth ubyte 255 Return air enthalpy ma (milliamps). For C7400A/C enthalpy sensors 0 UI_1 1 UI_2 2 UI_3 3 UI_

130 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description 4 UI_5 5 UI_6 255 Undefined DschrgAirTemp ubyte 255 Unit discharge air temperature value. 0 UI_1 1 UI_2 2 UI_3 3 UI_4 4 UI_5 5 UI_6 21 C7400sTemp_0 22 C7400sTemp_1 23 C7400sTemp_2 24 C7400sTemp_3 25 C7400sTemp_4 31 nvidschrgairtemp 255 Undefined MaT ubyte 255 Mixed air temperature 0 UI_1 1 UI_2 2 UI_3 3 UI_4 4 UI_5 5 UI_6 21 C7400sTemp_0 22 C7400sTemp_1 23 C7400sTemp_2 24 C7400sTemp_3 25 C7400sTemp_4 32 nvimixedairtemp 255 Undefined OdTemp ubyte 255 Outdoor air temperature value 0 UI_1 1 UI_2 2 UI_3 3 UI_4 4 UI_5 5 UI_6 21 C7400sTemp_

131 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description 22 C7400sTemp_1 23 C7400sTemp_2 24 C7400sTemp_3 25 C7400sTemp_4 29 nviodtemp 255 Undefined OdRh ubyte 255 Outdoor humidity value 0 UI_1 1 UI_2 2 UI_3 3 UI_4 4 UI_5 5 UI_6 13 C7400sRH_0 14 C7400sRH_1 15 C7400sRH_2 16 C7400sRH_3 27 C7400sRH_4 30 nviodhum 255 Undefined OdEnth ubyte 255 Outdoor air enthalpy ma (milliamps) For C7400A/C enthalpy sensors 0 UI_1 1 UI_2 2 UI_3 3 UI_4 4 UI_5 5 UI_6 255 Undefined FilSP ubyte 255 Filter static pressure. 0 UI_1 1 UI_2 2 UI_3 3 UI_4 4 UI_5 5 UI_6 255 Undefined MonitorSnsr ubyte 255 Monitor sensor value. Connected to the network output nvomonsensor

132 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description 0 UI_1 1 UI_2 2 UI_3 3 UI_4 4 UI_5 5 UI_6 13 C7400sRH_0 14 C7400sRH_1 15 C7400sRH_2 16 C7400sRH_3 21 C7400sTemp_0 22 C7400sTemp_1 23 C7400sTemp_2 24 C7400sTemp_3 25 C7400sTemp_4 27 C7400sRH_4 255 Undefined MultiTemp1 ubyte 255 Multiple temperature input calculation input #1 0 UI_1 1 UI_2 2 UI_3 3 UI_4 4 UI_5 5 UI_6 6 nvispacetemp 7 ZioTemp 255 Undefined MultiTemp2 ubyte 255 Multiple temperature input calculation input #2 0 UI_1 1 UI_2 2 UI_3 3 UI_4 4 UI_5 5 UI_6 6 nvispacetemp 7 ZioTemp 255 Undefined MultiTemp3 ubyte 255 Multiple temperature input calculation input #3 0 UI_

133 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description 1 UI_2 2 UI_3 3 UI_4 4 UI_5 5 UI_6 6 nvispacetemp 7 ZioTemp 255 Undefined MultiTemp4 ubyte 255 Multiple temperature input calculation input #4 0 UI_1 1 UI_2 2 UI_3 3 UI_4 4 UI_5 5 UI_6 6 nvispacetemp 7 ZioTemp 255 Undefined MultiTemp5 ubyte 255 Multiple temperature input calculation input #5 0 UI_1 1 UI_2 2 UI_3 3 UI_4 4 UI_5 5 UI_6 6 nvispacetemp 7 ZioTemp 255 Undefined ncicstmsnsr2 Custom Sensor #2 Configuration EXAMPLE: Custom linear sensor for 0 to 100. ncicstmsnsr2.sensortype = 0, Voltage, ncicstmsnsr2.userunitlow = 0, ncicstmsnsr2.userunithigh = 100 UserUnit ncicstmsnsr2i ncicstsnsr2o - in1 = 0 out1 = 0 0 in2 = 0 (0 V) out2 = in3 = 4095 (10 V) out3 = in4 thru in11 = 4095 out4 thru out11 = in12 = 4095 out12 = sensortype ubyte 1 Sensor type

134 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description 0 Voltage 1 Resistive 255 Unconfigured Replacement lowval float 0 Sensor reference low limit value in output counts. If the output count falls below this value, the controller will report an INVALID value for the sensor. Replacement highval float 0 Sensor reference high limit value in output counts. If the output count falls above this value, the controller will report an INVALID value for the sensor. Replacement toolunits ubyte 0 Tool unit identifier. This is an enumeration identifying the units associated with the custom sensor analog input. For external tool use only. It is of no interest to the controller userunitlow float 0 Sensor reference low value in user selected engineering units that corresponds to an output count of 10. Replacement userunithigh float 0 Sensor reference high value in user selected engineering units that corresponds to an output count of Replacement ncicstmsnsr2i Custom Sensor #2 Configuration Input Counts In1 uint16 0 Data point 1 input counts. Replacement, Value must be 0 in2 uint16 0 Replacement in3 uint16 0 Replacement in4 uint16 0 Replacement in5 uint16 0 Replacement in6 uint16 0 Replacement in7 uint16 0 Replacement in8 uint16 0 Replacement in9 uint16 0 Replacement in10 uint16 0 Replacement in11 uint16 0 Replacement in12 uint Replacement, Value must be 4095 ncicstmsnsr2o Custom Sensor #2 Configuration Output Counts out1 uint16 0 Data point 1 output counts. Replacement, Value must be 0 out2 uint16 0 Replacement

135 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description out3 uint16 0 Replacement out4 uint16 0 Replacement out5 uint16 0 Replacement out6 uint16 0 Replacement out7 uint16 0 Replacement out8 uint16 0 Replacement out9 uint16 0 Replacement out10 uint16 0 Replacement out11 uint16 0 Replacement out12 uint Replacement, Value must be ncisbussnsr Summary: Up to 5 Sbus sensor are supported. The Sbus address is fixed and the configuration enables addresses 8 through 12. Sbus address is fixed UserUnit ncicstmsnsr2i ncicstsnsr2o - in1 = 0 out1 = 0 0 in2 = 0 (0 V) out2 = in3 = 4095 (10 V) out3 = in4 thru in11 = 4095 out4 thru out11 = in12 = 4095 out12 = Note: Bus address = DIPswitchVal + 8 Snsr0 ubyte 1 Sbus sensor #0 Disable flag. BusAddress: 8 DipSwitch: Enable 1 Disable Snsr1 ubyte 1 Sbus sensor #1 Disable flag. BusAddress: 9 DipSwitch: Enable 1 Disable Snsr2 ubyte 1 Sbus sensor #2 Disable flag. BusAddress: 10 DipSwitch: Enable 1 Disable Snsr3 ubyte 1 Sbus sensor #3 Disable flag. BusAddress: 11 DipSwitch:

136 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description 0 Enable 1 Disable Snsr4 ubyte 1 Sbus sensor #4 Disable flag. BusAddress: 12 DipSwitch: Enable 1 Disable ncicstmsnsr Custom Sensor #1 Configuration EXAMPLE: Custom linear sensor for 0 to 100. ncicstmsnsr2.sensortype = 0, Voltage, ncicstmsnsr2.userunitlow = 0, ncicstmsnsr2.userunithigh = 100 UserUnit ncicstmsnsr1i ncicstsnsr1o - in1 = 0 out1 = 0 0 in2 = 0 (0 V) out2 = in3 = 4095 (10 V) out3 = in4 thru in11 = 4095 out4 thru out11 = in12 = 4095 out12 = sensortype ubyte 1 Sensor type 0 Voltage 1 Resistive 255 Unconfigured lowval float 0 Sensor reference low limit value in output counts. If the output count falls below this value, the controller will report an INVALID value for the sensor. highval float 0 Sensor reference high limit value in output counts. If the output count falls above this value, the controller will report an INVALID value for the sensor. toolunits ubyte 0 Tool unit identifier. This is an enumeration identifying the units associated with the custom sensor analog input. For external tool use only. It is of no interest to the controller. userunitlow float 0 Sensor reference low value in user selected engineering units that corresponds to an output count of 10. userunithigh float 0 Sensor reference high value in user selected engineering units that corresponds to an output count of ncicstmsnsr1i Custom Sensor #1 Configuration Input Counts In1 uint16 0 Data point 1 input counts. Replacement, Value must be 0 in2 uint16 0 Replacement in3 uint16 0 Replacement in4 uint16 0 Replacement

137 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description in5 uint16 0 Replacement in6 uint16 0 Replacement in7 uint16 0 Replacement in8 uint16 0 Replacement in9 uint16 0 Replacement in10 uint16 0 Replacement in11 uint16 0 Replacement in12 uint Replacement, Value must be 4095 ncicstmsnsr1o Custom Sensor #1 Configuration Output Counts out1 uint16 0 Data point 1 output counts. Replacement, Value must be 0 out2 uint16 0 Replacement out3 uint16 0 Replacement out4 uint16 0 Replacement out5 uint16 0 Replacement out6 uint16 0 Replacement out7 uint16 0 Replacement out8 uint16 0 Replacement out9 uint16 0 Replacement out10 uint16 0 Replacement out11 uint16 0 Replacement out12 uint Replacement, Value must be ncilocalinputs di1type ubyte 14 BinaryI nenum di2type ubyte 14 BinaryI nenum di3type ubyte 14 BinaryI nenum di4type ubyte 14 BinaryI nenum Digital Input type 14 DI_NO 15 DI_NC Digital Input type 14 DI_NO 15 DI_NC Digital Input type 14 DI_NO 15 DI_NC Digital Input type 14 DI_NO 15 DI_NC

138 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description ui1type ubyte 0 UI_Enu m ui2type ubyte 0 UI_Enu m ui3type ubyte 0 UI_Enu m ui4type ubyte 0 UI_Enu m ui5type ubyte 0 UI_Enu m ui6type ubyte 0 UI_Enu m nciwallmodziocal Universal input type Universal input type Universal input type Universal input type Universal input type Universal input type Zio Wall Module Sensor Calibration TempOffset1 RhOffset1 temp_diff_ p lev_percent 0 ΔF Zio#1 on board temperature sensor calibration offset. Offset value is added to the raw sensor value range 100 F Precision: 2 0 % Zio#1 on board humidity sensor calibration offset. Offset value is added to the raw sensor value range 100 % Precision: 2 CO2Offset1 PPM 0 PPM Future Zio#1 CO 2 sensor calibration offset. Offset value is added to the raw sensor value. TempOffset2 RhOffset2 temp_diff_p lev_percent 0 ΔF Future Zio#2 on board temperature sensor calibration offset. Offset value is added to the raw sensor value range 100 F Precision: 2 0 % Future Zio#2 on board humidity sensor calibration offset. Offset value is added to the raw sensor value range 100 % Precision: 2 CO2Offset2 PPM 0 PPM Future Zio#2 CO2 sensor calibration offset. Offset value is added to the raw sensor value. 0 range 5000 PPM ncisbussnsrcal TempOffset0 RhOffset0 CO2Offset0 temp_diff_p lev_percent PPM Sbus Sensor Calibration 0 ΔF Sbus Snsr#0 temperature sensor calibration offset. Offset value is added to the raw sensor value. 0 % Sbus Snsr#0 humidity sensor calibration offset. Offset value is added to the raw sensor value. 0 PPM Sbus Snsr#0 CO 2 sensor calibration offset. Offset value is added to the raw sensor value. TempOffset1 temp_diff_p 0 ΔF Sbus Snsr#1 temperature sensor calibration offset. Offset value is added to the raw sensor value

139 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description RhOffset1 CO2Offset1 TempOffset2 RhOffset2 CO2Offset2 TempOffset3 RhOffset3 CO2Offset3 TempOffset4 RhOffset4 CO2Offset4 ncilogincvdig lev_percent PPM temp_diff_p lev_percent PPM temp_diff_p lev_percent PPM temp_diff_p lev_percent PPM 0 % Sbus Snsr#1 humidity sensor calibration offset. Offset value is added to the raw sensor value. 0 PPM Sbus Snsr#1 CO 2 sensor calibration offset. Offset value is added to the raw sensor value. 0 ΔF Sbus Snsr#2 temperature sensor calibration offset. Offset value is added to the raw sensor value. 0 % Sbus Snsr#2 humidity sensor calibration offset. Offset value is added to the raw sensor value. 0 PPM Sbus Snsr#2 CO 2 sensor calibration offset. Offset value is added to the raw sensor value. 0 ΔF Sbus Snsr#3 temperature sensor calibration offset. Offset value is added to the raw sensor value. 0 % Sbus Snsr#3 humidity sensor calibration offset. Offset value is added to the raw sensor value. 0 PPM Sbus Snsr#3 CO 2 sensor calibration offset. Offset value is added to the raw sensor value. 0 ΔF Sbus Snsr#4 temperature sensor calibration offset. Offset value is added to the raw sensor value. 0 % Sbus Snsr#4 humidity sensor calibration offset. Offset value is added to the raw sensor value. 0 PPM Sbus Snsr#4 CO 2 sensor calibration offset. Offset value is added to the raw sensor value. CVAHU Control Logical Digital Input configuration WallModOvrdBut ubyte 255 Wall module occupancy override button. Typically used with the conventional wall module. 47 DI_1 48 DI_2 49 DI_3 50 DI_4 255 Undefined OccSensor ubyte 255 Occupancy sensor. 0 UI_1 1 UI_2 2 UI_3 3 UI_4 4 UI_5 5 UI_6 47 DI_1 48 DI_2 49 DI_3 50 DI_

140 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description 255 Undefined Shutdown ubyte 255 Shutdown signal. Used to turn off all relay outputs. Intended as a generic shutdown input caused by smoke or compressor failure or heat failure or any user selection. 0: normal operation 1: Shutdown Equipment 0 UI_1 1 UI_2 2 UI_3 3 UI_4 4 UI_5 5 UI_6 47 DI_1 48 DI_2 49 DI_3 50 DI_4 74 nvishutdown 255 Undefined WindowOpen ubyte 255 Window open sensor. 0 UI_1 1 UI_2 2 UI_3 3 UI_4 4 UI_5 5 UI_6 47 DI_1 48 DI_2 49 DI_3 50 DI_4 255 Undefined FanStatus ubyte 255 FanStatus 0 UI_1 1 UI_2 2 UI_3 3 UI_4 4 UI_5 5 UI_6 47 DI_1 48 DI_2 49 DI_3 50 DI_

141 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description 71 nvifanstatus 255 Undefined DrtyFil ubyte 255 Dirty filter 0 UI_1 1 UI_2 2 UI_3 3 UI_4 4 UI_5 5 UI_6 47 DI_1 48 DI_2 49 DI_3 50 DI_4 72 nvidirtyfilter 255 Undefined CoilFrz ubyte 255 Coil freeze sensor 0 UI_1 1 UI_2 2 UI_3 3 UI_4 4 UI_5 5 UI_6 47 DI_1 48 DI_2 49 DI_3 50 DI_4 73 nvicoilfrz 255 Undefined Smk ubyte 255 Smoke alarm 0 UI_1 1 UI_2 2 UI_3 3 UI_4 4 UI_5 5 UI_6 47 DI_1 48 DI_2 49 DI_3 50 DI_

142 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description 69 nvismokealm 255 Undefined IaqOvrd ubyte 255 Indoor air quality override 0 UI_1 1 UI_2 2 UI_3 3 UI_4 4 UI_5 5 UI_6 47 DI_1 48 DI_2 49 DI_3 50 DI_4 70 nviiaqovr 255 Undefined EconEnable ubyte 255 Economizer Enable 0: Disable economizer 1: Enable economizer 0 UI_1 1 UI_2 2 UI_3 3 UI_4 4 UI_5 5 UI_6 47 DI_1 48 DI_2 49 DI_3 50 DI_4 255 Undefined MonitorSwitch ubyte 255 Monitor switch value. Connected to the network output nvomonsw 0 UI_1 1 UI_2 2 UI_3 3 UI_4 4 UI_5 5 UI_6 47 DI_1 48 DI_2 49 DI_

143 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description 50 DI_4 57 nvimondig 255 Undefined WshpEnable ubyte 255 Water source heat pump enable local digital input. 0: Disable compressor 1: Enable compressor Used to enable the compressor stages in heat pump applications. Typically, WSHPEnable is bound to a water flow sensor that detects heating/cooling water supplied to the heat pump. If there is no water flow the compressor is disabled. 0 UI_1 1 UI_2 2 UI_3 3 UI_4 4 UI_5 5 UI_6 47 DI_1 48 DI_2 49 DI_3 50 DI_4 75 nviwshpenable 255 Undefined Note: If the local digital sensor is selected, network input nviwshpenable can be used to override the local sensor. nciacc1pid Accessories Control Loop PID TR SNVT count_inc_f 7 Throttling Range: This parameter is used by PID control loop. 0 range IT time_sec 1650 sec Integral Time: 0 range sec. DT time_sec 0 sec Derivative Time: 0 range sec. AuxDO VAL-ubyte 1.00 Auxiliary Digital Output Action 0 Continuous For occupied and Standby only 1 Intermittent For Occupied, Bypass, Unoccupied and standby 0 range 1.00 AuxDoMod percent % Modulating output Threshold for Auxiliary Loop #1 0 range 200 % Precision : 2 AuxDoMinOff time_sec 30 sec Auxiliary Output Minimum Off Time for Auxiliary loop #

144 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description 0 range sec. Precision : 1 AuxDoRunOn time_sec 0 sec Auxiliary Output Run On Time for Auxiliary loop #1 0 range sec. Precision : 1 MinOn time_sec 300 sec Minimum On Time For Staged output 0 range sec. Precision : 1 MinOff time_sec 300 sec Minimum Off Time For Staged output 0 range sec. Precision : 1 IstgOn time_sec 60 sec Cycler and Stager Interstage Minimum On Time 60 range 1200 sec. Precision : 1 Stages VAL-ubyte 3 Total number of Auxiliary Stages Maximum number of stages that can be added is three. Tstat VAL-ubyte 1 For Stage Control Action 0 Conventional nciacc1setpts 1 Thermostat 3 Cycles/hr Occ Stdby UnOcc count_inc_ f count_inc_ f count_inc_ f 74 Occupied Mode Setpoint for Auxiliary Loop #1 PID range Standby Mode Setpoint for Auxiliary Loop #1 PID range Unoccupied Mode Setpoint for Auxiliary Loop #1 PID range MinResetSnsrVal MaxResetSnsrVa l MinResetAmnt MaxResetAmnt nciacc2pid TR count_inc_ f count_inc_ f count_inc_ f count_inc_ f SNVT temp_diff_p 65 Minimum Reset Sensor Value. This is Minimum setpoint value when cascaded loop is in use range Maximum Reset Sensor Value. This is Maximum setpoint value when cascaded loop is in use range Minimum Reset Amount for sensor setpoint range Maximum Reset Amount sensor setpoint range ΔF Throttling Range: This parameter is used by PID control loop. 0 range IT time_sec 1650 sec Integral Time: 0 range sec

145 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description DT time_sec 0 sec Derivative Time: 0 range sec. AuxDO VAL-ubyte 1.00 Auxiliary Digital Output Action 0 Continuous For occupied and Standby only 1 Intermittent For Occupied, Bypass, Unoccupied and standby 0 range 1.00 AuxDoMod percent % Modulating output Threshold for Auxiliary Loop #1 0 range 200 % Precision : 2 AuxDoMinOff time_sec 30 sec Auxiliary Output Minimum Off Time for Auxiliary loop #1 0 range sec. Precision : 1 AucDoRunOn time_sec 0 sec Auxiliary Output Run On Time for Auxiliary loop #1 0 range sec. Precision : 1 MinOn time_sec 300 sec Minimum On Time For Staged output 0 range sec. Precision : 1 MinOff time_sec 300 sec Minimum Off Time For Staged output 0 range sec. Precision : 1 IstgOn time_sec 60 sec Cycler and Stager Interstage Minimum On Time 60 range 1200 sec. Precision : 1 Stages VAL-ubyte 3 Total number of Auxiliary Stages Maximum number of stages that can be added is three. Tstat VAL-ubyte 1 For Stage Control Action 0 Conventional nciacc2setpts 1 Thermostat 3 Cycles/hr Occ Stdby UnOcc MinResetSnsrVal MaxResetSnsrVa l count_inc_ f count_inc_ f count_inc_ f count_inc_ f count_inc_ f 74 Occupied Mode Setpoint for Auxiliary Loop #1 PID range Standby Mode Setpoint for Auxiliary Loop #1 PID range Unoccupied Mode Setpoint for Auxiliary Loop #1 PID range Minimum Reset Sensor Value. This is Minimum setpoint value when cascaded loop is in use range Maximum Reset Sensor Value. This is Maximum setpoint value when cascaded loop is in use range MinResetAmnt count_inc_ 0 Minimum Reset Amount for sensor setpoint

146 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description f range MaxResetAmnt ncirecov count_inc_ f 0 Maximum Reset Amount sensor setpoint range Space Temp Recovery at startup MaxClRmp Δ F/hr 6 Δ F/hr Max cooling setpoint ramp 0 range 20 Δ F/hr Precision: 3 MinClRmp Δ F/Hr 2 Δ F/hr Min cooling setpoint ramp 0 range 20 Δ F/hr Precision: 3 OTMxClRmp OTMnClRmp temp_p temp_p 70 F Outdoor air temperature at the max cooling ramp -30 range 120 F Precision: 1 90 F Outdoor air temperature at the min cooling ramp -30 range 120 F Precision: 1 MaxHtRmp Δ F/hr 8 Δ F/hr Max heating setpoint ramp 0 range 36 Δ F/hr Precision: 3 MinHtRmp Δ F/hr 2 Δ F/hr Min heating setpoint ramp 0 range 36 Δ F/hr Precision: 3 OTMxHtRmp OTMnHtRmp ncidehumid RhHiLimit temp_p temp_p lev_percent 60 F Outdoor air temperature at the max heating ramp -30 range 120 F Precision: 1 0 F Outdoor air temperature at the min heating ramp -30 range 120 F Precision: 1 Summary: Dehumidification control is available through five methodologies. Simple Dehumid: A logical output indicating high humidity. This is always available as a logical digital output. StgRhOp: Staged Reheat ModRhOp: Modulating Reheat MinOnTimOp: Extended Cooling Compressor minimum on time CascadeOp: Cascade temperature control based dehumidification. Reheat maintains discharge air temperature for thermal comfort. 65 % Return or space relative humidity high limit 0 % range 100 % Precision: 1 MinOnTimOp ubyte 0 Minimum cooling compressor On time option. The cooling compressor minimum on time is extended to DehumidMinOn while the RH > RhHiLimit This dehumidification option limited to staged cooling

147 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description 0 Disable Disable minimum compressor ON time. 1 Enable Enable minimum compressor ON time. StgRhOp ubyte 0 Staged reheat option. This dehumidification option is limited to equipment with staged cooling and staged reheat. Reheat plus cooling is active during the thermostat compressor off time. 0 Disable Disable staged reheat dehumidification. 1 Enable Enable staged reheat dehumidification. ModRhOp ubyte 0 Modulating reheat option. This dehumidification option limited to equipment with staged cooling and modulating heat. 0 Disable Disable modulating reheat dehumidification. 1 Enable Enable modulating reheat dehumidification. CascadeOp ubyte 0 Cascade temperature control dehumidification. Limited to systems with modulating heating and cooling. Reheat maintains cascade DAT SP ClgMod = DehumidClgPos 0 Disable Disable cascade dehumidification 1 Enable Enable cascade dehumidification DehumidClgPos DehumidMinOn ncidlcshiftspt ncihtg lev_percent time_sec SNVT temp_diff_p 100 % Dehumidification mode cooling valve minimum position. Applies to cascade control with the following options: CascadeOp 0 % range 100 % Precision: sec Cooling cycle minimum ON time. Applies to dehumidification control with the following options: MinOnTimOp 240 range 900 sec Precision: 0 Note: The cycler logic will use the greater of the cooling cph minimum on time setting (Slow(510 sec), Medium(330 sec), Fast(240 sec)) or the DehumidMinOn setting. The user must set this option to a value greater than the above values to Extend the min on time. 3 ΔF Demand limit shed setpoint shift. The room space temperature cooling setpoint is shifted up and the heating setpoint is shifted down by this value during a DLC active event. 0 range 10 F Precision: 1 Heating Configuration Type VAL-ubyte 2 Heating Output type for conventional or heat pump auxiliary heat. 0 None 1 Staged_1 2 Staged_

148 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description TR IT DT SNVT temp_diff_p time_sec time_sec 3 Staged_3 4 Staged_4 10 Modulating 0: none 1: one stage 2: two stage 3: three stage 4: four stage 10: modulating Note: Modulating heating is not supported for heat pump auxiliary heat. Automatic Gain Selection feature is enabled when Throttling Range (TR) is 0. Default TR is 0. 0 ΔF Throttling Range: When TR is nonzero, this value of TR is used by the space heating PID control. Auto Gain Selection: When TR is 0, the following TR values are used by the space heating PID control. Type TR 1 stg 3 2 stg 5 3 stg 7 4 stg 8 0 range 30 ΔF Precision: sec Integral Time: When TR is nonzero, this value of IT is used by the space heating PID control. Auto Gain Selection: When TR is 0, the following IT values are used by the space heating PID control. Type IT 1 stg stg stg stg range 5000 sec Precision: 0 0 sec Derivative Time: When TR is nonzero, this value is used by the space heating PID control. Auto Gain Selection: When TR is 0, the value of 0 is used for DT by the space heating PID control

149 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description 0 range 6553 sec Precision: 0 CphSpd VAL-ubyte 2 Specifies the mid-load number of on / off cycles per hour speed when the mode is HEAT. Sr. No. State CPH 1 Slow 3 2 Medium 6 3 Fast 9 MinOnOffTime time_sec 60 sec MinOnOffTime: Minimum time a stage must be on once it is turned on or must be turned off once it is turned off. ValveUnOc VAL-ubyte 0 Unoccupied water valve position when the fan is not running. 0 Normal 1 Fixed Use unoccupied setting UnOcPos lev_percent 100 % Unoccupied water valve position. -20 range 100 % Precision: 0 HiLimSP temp_p 120 F Discharge air temperature High limit. When the discharge air temperature goes above HiLimSP, the heating cycles off after the minimum run times are obeyed. 65 range 135 F Precision: 1 Note: Enabled if discharge air temperature sensor is configured HiLimTR nciwallmod SNVT temp_diff_p 4 ΔF Discharge air high limit temperature throttling range. Applies to modulating heating override. 1 range 20 ΔF Precision: 1 Wall Module configuration common to Zio and Conventional. BypassTime SNVT time_min 180 min BypassTime is the time between the pressing of the over ride button at the wall module (or initiating Bypass via ManOccIn) and the return to the original occupancy state. 0 range 1092 min Precision: 0 Note: To disable bypass in Zio, set this value to zero. UseWmStPt Val-ubyte 0 Use Wall Module Setpoint (UseWmStPt) specifies the set point temperature source when the effective occupancy is Occupied or Bypass. If UseWmStPt is 1, then, based on the type of set point knob configured, the effective setpoints are calculated as shown below: Type of Setpoints Direct OccHeat = WallModSetPt - ZEB / 2 OccCool = WallModSetPt + ZEB /

150 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description Offset (Setpoint input < 10) OccHeat = OccHeat + WallModSetPt OccCool = OccCool + WallModSetPt 0 IgnoreCntrSP 1 UseCntrSP Note: The Wall Module center setpoint is active only when the effective occupancy is Occupied or Bypass. LowSetPt float -10 Low limit on wall module occupied center setpoint -10 range 100 Precision: 1 Note: The center setpoint high and low limit are unit less since the center point value can be in F or ΔF. If Conventional Wall Module relative setpoint is used, then the low limit must be greater than -10 F. That is, a value of -10 F is interpreted as -10 F absolute. HighSetPt float 100 High limit on the wall module occupied center setpoint. -10 range 100 Precision: 1 Note: The center setpoint high & low limit are unit less since the center point value can be in F or ΔF. If you are using a Conventional Wall Module relative setpoint, the high limit must be less than +10 F That is, a value of +10 F is interpreted as +10 F absolute. Type ubyte 2 Wall module type 0 None 1 Conv Conventional Wall Module (TR20) 2 Zio Zio TR71 or TR75 MinHtgSetPt SNVT temp_p 0 MaxHtgSetPt SNVT temp_p 100 MinClgSetPt SNVT temp_p 0 MaxClgSetPt SNVT temp_p 100 F F F F Low limit on occupied heating setpoint. 0F range MaxHtgSetPt Precision: 1 Low limit on occupied heating setpoint. MinHtgSetPt range 100 F Precision: 1 High limit on occupied cooling setpoint. 0 range MaxClgSetPt Precision: 1 High limit on occupied cooling setpoint. MinClgSetPt range 100 F Precision: 1 OvrdType ubyte 0 Override Type, applies only to conventional wall module. 0 Normal

151 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description 1 BypassOnly 2 Disabled Note: Set nciwallmodcom.type = 1 (TR20) to enable the TR20 override push button. TempUnits ubyte 0 Zio home Screen Temperature Sensor display engineering units. 0 OF 1 OC ClkFormat ubyte 0 Zio 12/24 hour clock format 0 Hr12 1 Hr24 SysConfig ubyte 4 Zio System Mode Type displayed on the Zio user interface. 0 None - 1 OffHeat - 2 OffCool - 3 OffCoolHeat - 4 OffAutoCoolHeat - 5 OffAutoCoolEmgHeatHeat Heat Pump FanConfig ubyte 0 Zio Fan Control displayed on the Zio user interface 0 None 1 AutoOn 2 AutoOnOff UserSched ubyte 0 Future option to control Zio user access to change the controller time schedule. Password unit Set end user password to access contractor mode Zio programming range 9999 Precision: 0 Temp temp_p 70 F Future temperature related configuration parameter. ncidlcshiftspt nciclg SNVT temp_diff_p 3 ΔF Demand limit shed setpoint shift. The room space temperature cooling setpoint is shifted up and the heating setpoint is shifted down by this value during a DLC active event. 0 range 10 ΔF Precision: 1 Type Val-ubyte 2 Cooling or Heat Pump Type 0 None

152 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description 1 Staged 1 2 Staged 2 3 Staged 3 4 Staged 4 10 Modulating Note: Modulating cooling not compatible with Econo_Type = 1 Packaged. Modulating compressor is not supported for heat pump control. Automatic Gain Selection feature is enabled when Throttling Range (TR) is 0. Default TR is 0. TR 0 ΔF Throttling Range: When TR is nonzero, this value of TR is used by the space cooling PID control. Auto Gain Selection: When TR is 0, the following TR values are used by the space cooling PID control. Without Economizer Type Mod 5 1 stg 3 2 stg 5 3 stg 7 4 stg 9 TR With Economizer Type 1 stg 5 2 stg 7 3 stg 9 TR 4 stg 11 0 range 30 ΔF Precision: 1 IT time_sec 1250 sec Integral Time: When TR is nonzero, this value of IT is used by the space cooling PID control. Auto Gain Selection: When TR is 0, the following IT values are used by the space cooling PID control. Without Economizer

153 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description Type TR 1 stg stg stg stg 1111 With Economizer Type TR 1 stg stg stg stg range 5000 sec Precision: 0 DT time_sec 0 sec Derivative Time: When TR is nonzero, this value is used by the space cooing PID control. Auto Gain Selection: When TR is 0, the value of 0 is used for DT by the space cooling PID control. 0 range 6553 sec Precision: 0 CphSpd VAL-ubyte 2 Specifies the mid-load number of compressor on / off cycles per hour Sr. No. State CPH 1 Slow 2 2 Medium 3 3 Fast 4 MinOnOffTime time_sec 60 sec MinOnOffTime: Minimum time a stage must be on once it is turned on or must be turned off once it is turned off. ValveUnOc VAL-ubyte 0 Unoccupied water valve position when the fan is not running. 0 Normal - 1 Fixed Use unoccupied setting UnOcPos ncifan lev_percent 100 % Unoccupied water valve position. -20 range 100 % Precision: 0 Mode VAL-ubyte 0 Fan mode 0 Continuous Fan runs continuously when the effective occupancy is OC_OCCUPIED or OC_BYPASS. The fan cycles on and off with

154 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description demand for cooling and may cycle with heating if FanOnHeat is TRUE during OC_UNOCCUPIED or OC_STANDBY modes 1 Auto Fan cycles on and off with demand for cooling and may cycle with heating if FanOnHeat is TRUE. This is called the intermittent mode of operation. 255 LocalFanSwitch Enable local fan switch RunOnClg time_sec 0 sec Fan run on time after all cooling stages turned off 0 range 300 sec Precision: 0 RunOnHtg time_sec 90 sec Fan run on time after all heating stages turned off 0 range 300 sec Precision: 0 OnHtg VAL-ubyte 1 Fan runs in heat mode 0 Disable Disable fan with heat 1 Enable Enable fan with heat FailTime time_sec 60 sec Each time the FAN is energized, then the node waits for FanFailTime to sample the fan status input. 0 range 600 sec Precision: 0 AlmType VAL-ubyte 0 Fan Failure Alarm options: 0 DisableAlm 1 AnnunciateOnly 2 DisableFanWithFlowFail 0 DisableAlm: No alarm is generated if fan output is ON and fan status reports OFF. Control outputs are not affected by value of fan status. 1 AnnunciateOnly: Alarm is generated after ncifan.failtime when fan output is ON and fan status reports OFF. Control outputs are not affected by value of fan status. 2 DisableFanWithFlowFail: Each time nvofanon is energized (ON), the controller waits for ncifan.failtime to sample the ProofAirFlow (fan status) input. The control outputs (heating, cooling, and damper) are disabled until ProofAirFlow input shows airflow (See Fan Status Interlock Operation). If ProofAirFlow shows that the fan is not running after FailTime consecutive seconds, then the fan is shutdown for 20 seconds. The fan is restarted and ProofAirFlow is again tested. If ProofAirFlow shows air flow, then the control outputs will be enabled to operate. However, if ProofAirFlow fails to show air flow, then the fan is again shut down for 20 seconds. After three unsuccessful restarts, an alarm is issued on nvoapalarm.fanfail and the fan and control outputs are disabled until a reset is performed. FAN FAIL RESET:

155 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description To reset the controller after it has entered the Fan Fail mode there are 2 options: 1. Remove power to the device and reapply. 2. Set nviapplicmode to Off (hvacoff), wait at least 15 seconds, and then set to Auto (hvacauto) or another value (e.g. hvacnul). FanStatus Interlock Operation: When the ncilogincvdig.fanstatus is assigned (not Undefined, 255) or the nvifanstatus network input is not Null (i.e. either 0 or 1), the heating, cooling, and economizer damper outputs will be interlocked with the fan status. When the FanOut and FanStatus are both on (1), the control will enable the heating, cooling, and economizer damper outputs will be allowed to turn on or open after ncifan.failtime + 15 seconds. When the FanStatus is off (0), the control will disable the heating, cooling, and economizer damper outputs (turn off or close) after 20 seconds. When ncilogincvdig.fanstatus is not assigned (255) AND the nvifanstatus network input is null (255 or not 0 or 1), the outputs will be enabled after 5 seconds after the fan turns on. ncieconoma Economizer Mixed Air Control MatSP SNVT temp_p 53 of Mixed air temperature control setpoint 0 range 65 of Precision: 1 MatTR MatDB SNVT temp_diff_p SNVT temp_diff_p 15 ΔF Mixed air temperature control throttling range 5 range 60 ΔF Precision: 1 1 ΔF Mixed air temperature control deadband. 0 range 5 ΔF Precision: 1 MaxAoChg SNVT lev_percent 1.1 % AIA mixed air controller MaxAOchange is the maximum amount ( %) that the Output changes for a single cycle of the control (1 sec). Val = 100 %/(actuator speed(sec/full stroke)) 0.01 range 10 % Precision: 2 MinAoChg SNVT lev_percent 0.12 % AIA mixed air controller MinAOchange is the minimum amount that the Output changes. Typical value 100 % / (actuator resolution) Floating Actuator 100 % / (90sec/0.1sec) 0.11 % Analog Actuator 2 10 VDC 100 %/(8VDC/(10VDC/1024)) 0.12 % Analog Actuator 0 10 VDC 100 %/ % 0.01 range 10 % Precision: 2 EmrgPress SNVT lev_percent 100 % Emergency command pressurize economizer damper open

156 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description position. 0 range 100 % Precision: 0 EmrgDePress SNVT lev_percent 0 % Emergency command depressurize economizer damper closed position. 0 range 100 % Precision: 0 ncilotempovrd LoLimSP SNVT temp_p 45 F Discharge air or Mixed air temperature low limit. When the discharge air temperature falls below LoLimSP, the outdoor air dampers are closed to a position that corrects the low temperature problem. If mechanical cooling is active when the discharge air falls below LoLimSP, the mechanical cooling cycles off after the minimum run times are obeyed to allow the dampers to return open and provide free cooling. 0 range 60 F Precision: 1 LoLimTR LoLimDeadBand SNVT temp_diff_p SNVT temp_diff_p 4 ΔF Low limit temperature throttling range. 0 range 50 ΔF Precision: 1 1 ΔF Low Limit temperature control deadband. 0 range 5 ΔF Precision: 1 LoLimMaxAoChg SNVT lev_percent 1.1 % AIA mixed air controller MaxAOchange is the maximum amount (%) that the Output changes for a single cycle of the control (1 sec) range 10 % Precision: 2 Motor maxaochg Speed (sec) LoLimMinAoChg SNVT lev_percent 0.12 % AIA mixed air controller MinAOchange is the minimum amount ( %) that the Output changes. Typical value 100 % / (actuator resolution) Floating Actuator 100 % / (90sec/0.1sec) 0.11 % Analog Actuator 2 10 VDC 100 %/(8VDC/(10VDC/1024)) 0.12 % Analog Actuator 0 10 VDC 100 %/ %

157 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description 0.01 range 10 % Precision: 2 FrzStat Val-ubyte 0 Coil Freeze stat operation, assuming a binary freeze stat is configured. 0 AlarmOnly Alarm only nciecono Type VAL-ubyte 7 Economizer Type 0 None 1 CloseDmpr Alarm and close damper 2 CloseDmprOpnHtg Alarm, close damper and open heating valve 3 CloseDmprOpnHtgClg Alarm, close damper and open heating & cooling valves 1 PkgEcono Packaged external economizer control 2 DiffEnth_btu Outdoor/Return air differential enthalpy using btu/lb 3 DiffEnth_ma Outdoor/Return air differential enthalpy using C7400 ma sensors 4 OaEnthSP_btu Outdoor air enthalpy threshold using btu/lb 5 OaEnthSP_ma Outdoor air enthalpy threshold using C7400 ma sensor 6 DiffDryBulb Outdoor/Return air using differential dry bulb temperature 7 OatDryBulbSP Outdoor air dry bulb threshold 8 LocalInput Local Binary input controlled economizer logic. 255 Network Network Controlled Economizer logic Note: Packaged economizer not compatible with Clg_Type = 10 modulating. DiffEnthalpy ma requires matched pairs of C7400 enthalpy sensors. That is it must be two C7400A or two C7400C models for the enthalpy comparison. For economizer logic type 2 6 an outdoor air temperature high limit (OatHiLim) is applied to the logic decision. If the OAT value is invalid the dry bulb high limit test is ignored. OatHiLim temp_p 63 of Free cooling Outdoor air temperature high limit Dry bulb economizer changeover value Enthalpy logic dry bulb outdoor air temperature high limit. Applies to types 2-6. If outdoor air temperature sensor value not valid, this test is ignored. Application Note: The value should be changed from the default of 63F to about 80F when so that these economizer types can operate for normal space

158 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description conditions. 0 range 90 of Precision: 1 OdEnthSpBtu enthalpy 27 btu/lb Outdoor air enthalpy setpoint in Btu/lb If Type=SingleEnthalpy, and calculated outdoor enthalpy is less than OdEnthSp, and outdoor temperature is less than OatHiLim, then outdoor air is judged suitable to augment mechanical cooling. 0 range 65 btu/lb Precision: 1 OdEnthSpMa amp_mil 10.8 ma Outdoor air enthalpy setpoint in ma. C7400A Default: 12 ma C7400C Default: range 20 ma Precision: 2 Note: The C7400 sensor are reverse acting, meaning a high ma value means low enthalpy and vice versa.c7400 Curve SetPt@ 50 %RH C7400A ma A 73 of B 70 of C 67 of D 63 of E 55 of NA 19.8 C7400C ma DiffTemp SNVT temp_diff_p 2 ΔF The dry bulb control logic differential for value comparisons. Free Cooling ON hysteresis FreeCooling = (OAT < (RAT DiffTemp))

159 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description 0.5 range 10 F Precision: 1 DbTemp SNVT temp_diff_p 2 ΔF The dry bulb control logic change of state dead band. 0.5 range 10 F Free Cooling OFF hysteresis Precision: 1 Note: The Wizard is not required to support the dead band value. DiffEnthBtu enthalpy-delta 0.25 Δbtu/lb The enthalpy control logic differential for value comparisons. Free Cooling ON hysteresis 0.1 range 10 Δbtu/lb Precision: 1 DbEnthBtu enthalpy-delta 0.25 Δbtu/lb The enthalpy control logic change of state dead band. 0.2 range 10 Δbtu/lb Free Cooling OFF hysteresis Precision: 1 Note: The Wizard is not required to support the dead band value. DiffEnthMa amp_mil 1.0 ma The enthalpy control logic differential for value comparisons. Free Cooling ON hysteresis 0 range 10 ma Precision: 1 DbEnthMa amp_mil 1.0 ma The enthalpy control logic change of state dead band. 0 range 10 ma Free Cooling OFF hysteresis Precision: 1 Note: The Wizard is not required to support the dead band value. MinOn time_sec 300 sec Economizer Free Cooling minimum ON time. 0 range 6553 sec Precision: 0 nciiaq Control VAL-ubyte 0 IAQ control type 0 None 1 SpaceCO2 2 ReturnAirCO2 3 BinaryOverride Note: An active binary override signal will have a higher priority than the configured IAQ control type. For example, Control = SpaceCO2 and the space CO 2 level is below the DCVsetPt value. If an active BinaryOverride is detected, the economizer dampers will move to the MinPosBZ. MinPos lev_percent 5 % Minimum ventilation air damper position. This ventilation value is applied just prior to and during scheduled occupancy

160 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description IaqPos lev_percent 0 range 100 % Precision: 1 30 % Minimum ventilation damper position for indoor air quality override. This ventilation value is applied during scheduled occupancy and ventilation control through a binary override or CO2 detection. 0 range 100 % Precision: 1 HtgForIaq VAL-ubyte 0 When the effective occupancy is OC_OCCUPIED and the indoor air quality sensor determines that the indoor air quality is poor, extra outdoor air is brought into the conditioned space through the economizer damper. HtgForIaq specifies whether additional heating is allowed to be provided with this extra outdoor air. 0 Disable No heating stages or modulating heating are turned on when the discharge air temperature goes below the low limit. Instead the economizer damper will be closed. Energy cost has priority over ventilation. 1 Enable The modulating heating is turned on to prevent the discharge air temperature from going below the discharge air temperature low limit. Ventilation has priority over energy cost. Note: Requires a DAT sensor and cascade control. Heating for IAQ requires modulating heating. When the effective mode is cooling and the mixed air damper is at its minimum position and the cooling valve is at 0 %, the htg valve is allowed to operate when the discharge air temperature drops below the mixed air temperature setpoint (53 F). The htg valve will modulate to maintain the mixed air temperature setpoint. When the discharge air temperature rises above the discharge air temp setpoint, and the heating valve is at 0 %, the economizer and/or the cooling will modulate to maintain the discharge air temp setpoint. VentTime time_min 60 min Ventilation time before the start of occupancy. 0 range 240 min Precision: 0 nciiaqdcvsetpt ncifloat1 ppm 800 ppm Indoor Demand Control Ventilation high limit Setpoint. 300 range 1200 ppm Precision: 0 Configure floating output action ubyte 0 Reverse action 0 Direct 100 %=full open, 0 % = full closed 1 Reverse 100 %=full closed, 0 % = full open

161 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description traveltime time_sec 90 Motor travel time 0 range sec Precision: 1 autosync ubyte 0 Auto Sync Type 0 None 1 SyncClosed syncintvl time_hour 24 Auto sync interval 0 range 254 hours Precision: 0 pwrupsync ubyte 0 Power up Sync Type 0 None 2 SyncOpen Refer to Appendix B Floating Actuator Auto Synch 1 SyncClosed pwrupdelay time_sec 0 Actuator Power up delay. 0 range sec Precision: 1 2 SyncOpen Refer to Appendix B Floating Actuator Auto Synch unoccsync ubyte 0 Synchronize the floating actuator on an occupancy transition to unoccupied. 0 None 1 SyncClosed 2 SyncOpen syncinputdir ubyte 0 Synchronize direction of the floating actuator on an active input signal. 0 None 1 SyncClosed 2 SyncOpen syncinput ubyte 255 Local sync input source 0 UI_1 1 UI_2 2 UI_3 3 UI_4 4 UI_5 5 UI_6 47 DI_1 48 DI_2 49 DI_3 50 DI_4 57 nvimondig

162 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description 58 nvifree1dig 59 nvifree2dig 63 ShutDown 255 Undefined close ubyte 255 Float close output hardware DO assignment 2 DO_1 3 DO_2 4 DO_3 5 DO_4 6 DO_5 7 DO_6 8 DO_7 9 DO_8 255 Undefined open ubyte 255 Float open output hardware DO assignment 2 DO_1 3 DO_2 4 DO_3 5 DO_4 6 DO_5 7 DO_6 8 DO_7 9 DO_8 255 Undefined ncifloat2 Configure floating output action ubyte 0 Reverse action 0: False 100 %=full open, 0 % = full closed 1: True 100 %=full closed, 0 % = full open traveltime time_sec 90 Motor travel time 0 range sec Precision: 1 Replacement autosync ubyte 0 Auto Sync Type 0 None 1 SyncClosed syncintvl time_hour 24 Auto sync interval 0 range 254 hours Precision: 0 2 SyncOpen Refer to Appendix B Floating Actuator Auto Synch

163 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description pwrupsync ubyte 0 Power up Sync Type 0 None 1 SyncClosed pwrupdelay time_sec 0 Actuator Power up delay. 0 range sec Precision: 1 2 SyncOpen Refer to Appendix B Floating Actuator Auto Synch unoccsync ubyte 0 Synchronize the floating actuator on an occupancy transition to unoccupied. 0 None 1 SyncClosed 2 SyncOpen syncinputdir ubyte 0 Synchronize direction of the floating actuator on an active input signal. 0 None 1 SyncClosed 2 SyncOpen syncinput ubyte 255 Local sync input source 0 UI_1 1 UI_2 2 UI_3 3 UI_4 4 UI_5 5 UI_6 47 DI_1 48 DI_2 49 DI_3 50 DI_4 57 nvimondig 58 nvifree1dig 59 nvifree2dig 63 ShutDown 255 Undefined close ubyte 255 Float close output hardware DO assignment 2 DO_1 3 DO_2 4 DO_3 5 DO_4 6 DO_

164 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description 7 DO_6 8 DO_7 9 DO_8 255 Undefined open ubyte 255 Float open output hardware DO assignment 2 DO_1 3 DO_2 4 DO_3 5 DO_4 6 DO_5 7 DO_6 8 DO_7 9 DO_8 255 Undefined ncifloat3 Configure floating output action ubyte 0 Reverse action 0: False 100 %=full open, 0 % = full closed 1: True 100 %=full closed, 0 % = full open traveltime time_sec 90 Motor travel time 0 range sec Precision: 1 autosync ubyte 0 Auto Sync Type 0 None 1 SyncClosed 2 SyncOpen syncintvl time_hour 24 Auto sync interval 0 range 254 hours Precision: 0 pwrupsync ubyte 0 Power up Sync Type 0 None 1 SyncClosed 2 SyncOpen pwrupdelay time_sec 0 Actuator Power up delay. 0 range sec Precision: 1 unoccsync ubyte 0 Synchronize the floating actuator on an occupancy transition to unoccupied. 0 None 1 SyncClosed 2 SyncOpen

165 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description syncinputdir ubyte 0 Synchronize direction of the floating actuator on an active input signal. 0 None 1 SyncClosed 2 SyncOpen syncinput ubyte 255 Local sync input source 0 UI_1 1 UI_2 2 UI_3 3 UI_4 4 UI_5 5 UI_6 47 DI_1 48 DI_2 49 DI_3 50 DI_4 57 nvimondig 58 nvifree1dig 59 nvifree2dig 63 ShutDown 255 Undefined close ubyte 255 Float close output hardware DO assignment 2 DO_1 3 DO_2 4 DO_3 5 DO_4 6 DO_5 7 DO_6 8 DO_7 9 DO_8 255 Undefined open ubyte 255 Float open output hardware DO assignment 2 DO_1 3 DO_2 4 DO_3 5 DO_4 6 DO_5 7 DO_6 8 DO_

166 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description 9 DO_8 255 Undefined ncifloat4 Configure floating output action ubyte 0 Reverse action 0: False 100 %=full open, 0 % = full closed 1: True 100 %=full closed, 0 % = full open traveltime time_sec 90 Motor travel time 0 range sec Precision: 1 Replacement autosync ubyte 0 Auto Sync Type 0 None 1 SyncClosed syncintvl time_hour 24 Auto sync interval 0 range 254 hours Precision: 0 pwrupsync ubyte 0 Power up Sync Type 0 None 2 SyncOpen Refer to Appendix B Floating Actuator Auto Synch 1 SyncClosed pwrupdelay time_sec 0 Actuator Power up delay. 0 range sec Precision: 1 2 SyncOpen Refer to Appendix B Floating Actuator Auto Synch unoccsync ubyte 0 Synchronize the floating actuator on an occupancy transition to unoccupied. 0 None 1 SyncClosed 2 SyncOpen syncinputdir ubyte 0 Synchronize direction of the floating actuator on an active input signal. 0 None 1 SyncClosed 2 SyncOpen syncinput ubyte 255 Local sync input source 0 UI_1 1 UI_2 2 UI_3 3 UI_

167 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description 4 UI_5 5 UI_6 47 DI_1 48 DI_2 49 DI_3 50 DI_4 57 nvimondig 58 nvifree1dig 59 nvifree2dig 63 ShutDown 255 Undefined close ubyte 255 Float close output hardware DO assignment 2 DO_1 3 DO_2 4 DO_3 5 DO_4 6 DO_5 7 DO_6 8 DO_7 9 DO_8 255 Undefined open ubyte 255 Float open output hardware DO assignment 2 DO_1 3 DO_2 4 DO_3 5 DO_4 6 DO_5 7 DO_6 8 DO_7 9 DO_8 255 Undefined ncianalogout Configure local analog output ao1rng ubyte 0 Analog range selection 0 AO_0_10vdcDir 1 AO_0_10vdcRev 2 AO_2_10vdcDir 3 AO_2_10vdcRev 4 AO_0_20maDir

168 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description 5 AO_0_20maRev 6 AO_0_22maDir 7 AO_0_22maRev 8 AO_4_20maDir 9 AO_4_20maRev 10 AO_Binary ao2rng ubyte 0 Analog range selection 0 AO_0_10vdcDir 1 AO_0_10vdcRev 2 AO_2_10vdcDir 3 AO_2_10vdcRev 4 AO_0_20maDir 5 AO_0_20maRev 6 AO_0_22maDir 7 AO_0_22maRev 8 AO_4_20maDir 9 AO_4_20maRev 10 AO_Binary ao3rng ubyte 0 Analog range selection 0 AO_0_10vdcDir 1 AO_0_10vdcRev 2 AO_2_10vdcDir 3 AO_2_10vdcRev 4 AO_0_20maDir 5 AO_0_20maRev 6 AO_0_22maDir 7 AO_0_22maRev 8 AO_4_20maDir 9 AO_4_20maRev 10 AO_Binary ncilogicaloutacc Logical Accessory Loop Output Configuration Ac1Stg1 ubyte 255 Accessory Loop #1 digital output Stage #1 Output Type: Binary 0 AO1 1 AO2 2 DO-C1 3 DO-A1 4 DO-A2 5 DO-A

169 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description 6 DO-B1 7 DO-B2 8 DO-B3 9 DO-B4 10 AO3 255 Undefined Ac1Stg2 ubyte 255 Accessory Loop #1 digital output Stage #2 Output Type: Binary 0 AO1 1 AO2 2 DO-C1 3 DO-A1 4 DO-A2 5 DO-A3 6 DO-B1 7 DO-B2 8 DO-B3 9 DO-B4 10 AO3 255 Undefined Ac1Stg3 ubyte 255 Accessory Loop #1 digital output Stage #3 Output Type: Binary 0 AO1 1 AO2 2 DO-C1 3 DO-A1 4 DO-A2 5 DO-A3 6 DO-B1 7 DO-B2 8 DO-B3 9 DO-B4 10 AO3 255 Undefined Ac1Aux ubyte 255 Accessory Loop #1 digital output Auxiliary control. Output active with the modulating output value or staged output. Output Type: Binary 0 AO1 1 AO2 2 DO-C

170 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description 3 DO-A1 4 DO-A2 5 DO-A3 6 DO-B1 7 DO-B2 8 DO-B3 9 DO-B4 10 AO3 255 Undefined Ac1Mod ubyte 255 Accessory Loop #1 modulating output. Output Type: PWM, Float, Analog Current or Voltage 0 AO1 1 AO2 2 DO-C1 3 DO-A1 4 DO-A2 5 DO-A3 6 DO-B1 7 DO-B2 8 DO-B3 9 DO-B4 10 AO3 11 Float1 12 Float2 13 Float3 14 Float4 255 Undefined Ac2Stg1 ubyte 255 Accessory Loop #2 digital output Stage #1 Output Type: Binary 0 AO1 1 AO2 2 DO-C1 3 DO-A1 4 DO-A2 5 DO-A3 6 DO-B1 7 DO-B2 8 DO-B3 9 DO-B

171 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description 10 AO3 255 Undefined Ac2Stg2 ubyte 255 Accessory Loop #2 digital output Stage #2 Output Type: Binary 0 AO1 1 AO2 2 DO-C1 3 DO-A1 4 DO-A2 5 DO-A3 6 DO-B1 7 DO-B2 8 DO-B3 9 DO-B4 10 AO3 255 Undefined Ac2Stg3 ubyte 255 Accessory Loop #2 digital output Stage #3 Output Type: Binary 0 AO1 1 AO2 2 DO-C1 3 DO-A1 4 DO-A2 5 DO-A3 6 DO-B1 7 DO-B2 8 DO-B3 9 DO-B4 10 AO3 255 Undefined Ac2Aux ubyte 255 Accessory Loop #2 digital output Auxiliary control. Output active with the modulating output value or staged output. Output Type: Binary 0 AO1 1 AO2 2 DO-C1 3 DO-A1 4 DO-A2 5 DO-A3 6 DO-B

172 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description 7 DO-B2 8 DO-B3 9 DO-B4 10 AO3 255 Undefined Ac2Mod ubyte 255 Accessory Loop #2 modulating output. Output Type: PWM, Float, Analog Current or Voltage 0 AO1 1 AO2 2 DO-C1 3 DO-A1 4 DO-A2 5 DO-A3 6 DO-B1 7 DO-B2 8 DO-B3 9 DO-B4 10 AO3 11 Float1 12 Float2 13 Float3 14 Float4 255 Undefined ncilogicaloutcv Logical CVAHU Output Configuration Binary HtgStg1 ubyte 3 Heating stage 1 Enum Stryker 0 AO1 1 AO2 2 DO-C1 3 DO-A1 4 DO-A2 5 DO-A3 6 DO-B1 7 DO-B2 8 DO-B3 9 DO-B4 10 AO3 255 Undefined

173 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description HtgStg2 ubyte 4 Heating stage 2 Enum Stryker 0 AO1 1 AO2 2 DO-C1 3 DO-A1 4 DO-A2 5 DO-A3 6 DO-B1 7 DO-B2 8 DO-B3 9 DO-B4 10 AO3 255 Undefined HtgStg3 ubyte 255 Heating stage 3 Enum Stryker 0 AO1 1 AO2 2 DO-C1 3 DO-A1 4 DO-A2 5 DO-A3 6 DO-B1 7 DO-B2 8 DO-B3 9 DO-B4 10 AO3 255 Undefined HtgStg4 ubyte 255 Heating stage 4 Enum Stryker 0 AO1 1 AO2 2 DO-C1 3 DO-A1 4 DO-A2 5 DO-A3 6 DO-B1 7 DO-B2 8 DO-B

174 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description 9 DO-B4 10 AO3 255 Undefined ClgStg1 ubyte 7 Cooling or Heat Pump stage 1 Enum Stryker 0 AO1 1 AO2 2 DO-C1 3 DO-A1 4 DO-A2 5 DO-A3 6 DO-B1 7 DO-B2 8 DO-B3 9 DO-B4 10 AO3 255 Undefined ClgStg2 ubyte 8 Cooling or Heat Pump stage 2 Enum Stryker 0 AO1 1 AO2 2 DO-C1 3 DO-A1 4 DO-A2 5 DO-A3 6 DO-B1 7 DO-B2 8 DO-B3 9 DO-B4 10 AO3 255 Undefined ClgStg3 ubyte 255 Cooling or Heat Pump stage 3 Enum Stryker 0 AO1 1 AO2 2 DO-C1 3 DO-A1 4 DO-A2 5 DO-A

175 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description 6 DO-B1 7 DO-B2 8 DO-B3 9 DO-B4 10 AO3 255 Undefined ClgStg4 ubyte 255 Cooling or Heat Pump stage 4 Enum Stryker 0 AO1 1 AO2 2 DO-C1 3 DO-A1 4 DO-A2 5 DO-A3 6 DO-B1 7 DO-B2 8 DO-B3 9 DO-B4 10 AO3 255 Undefined FanDig ubyte 6 Fan start stop Enum Stryker 0 AO1 1 AO2 2 DO-C1 3 DO-A1 4 DO-A2 5 DO-A3 6 DO-B1 7 DO-B2 8 DO-B3 9 DO-B4 10 AO3 255 Undefined EconPkg ubyte 255 Package Economizer output. It serves as the first stage of free cooling. Enum Stryker 0 AO1 1 AO

176 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description 2 DO-C1 3 DO-A1 4 DO-A2 5 DO-A3 6 DO-B1 7 DO-B2 8 DO-B3 9 DO-B4 10 AO3 255 Undefined AuxEcon ubyte 255 Auxiliary economizer Override the external package economizer minimum ventilation position when the effective occupancy is unoccupied and the fan is operating. Enum Stryker 0 AO1 1 AO2 2 DO-C1 3 DO-A1 4 DO-A2 5 DO-A3 6 DO-B1 7 DO-B2 8 DO-B3 9 DO-B4 10 AO3 255 Undefined SmplDehumid ubyte 255 Simple Dehumidification output Enum Stryker 0 AO1 1 AO2 2 DO-C1 3 DO-A1 4 DO-A2 5 DO-A3 6 DO-B1 7 DO-B2 8 DO-B3 9 DO-B4 10 AO

177 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description 255 Undefined Occ ubyte 255 Occupancy digital output. Output is active when the effective occupancy = Occupied 0 AO1 1 AO2 2 DO-C1 3 DO-A1 4 DO-A2 5 DO-A3 6 DO-B1 7 DO-B2 8 DO-B3 9 DO-B4 10 AO3 255 Undefined OccPlsOn ubyte 255 Occupancy pulse ON output. Typically connected to a lighting relay. The output is pulsed when the effective occupancy changes to occupied. 0 AO1 1 AO2 2 DO-C1 3 DO-A1 4 DO-A2 5 DO-A3 6 DO-B1 7 DO-B2 8 DO-B3 9 DO-B4 10 AO3 255 Undefined OccPlsOff ubyte 255 Occupancy pulse OFF output. Typically connected to a lighting relay. The output is pulsed when the effective occupancy changes not occupied. 0 AO1 1 AO2 2 DO-C1 3 DO-A1 4 DO-A2 5 DO-A3 6 DO-B

178 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description 7 DO-B2 8 DO-B3 9 DO-B4 10 AO3 255 Undefined Free1Dig ubyte 255 Free digital output. Controlled from the network command through nvifree1dig 0 AO1 1 AO2 2 DO-C1 3 DO-A1 4 DO-A2 5 DO-A3 6 DO-B1 7 DO-B2 8 DO-B3 9 DO-B4 10 AO3 255 Undefined Free1PlsOn ubyte 255 Free digital pulse ON output. Typically connected to a lighting relay. The output is controlled from the network command through nvifree1dig. 0 AO1 1 AO2 2 DO-C1 3 DO-A1 4 DO-A2 5 DO-A3 6 DO-B1 7 DO-B2 8 DO-B3 9 DO-B4 10 AO3 255 Undefined Free1PlsOff ubyte 255 Free digital pulse OFF output. Typically connected to a lighting relay. The output is controlled from the network command through nvifree1dig. 0 AO1 1 AO

179 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description 2 DO-C1 3 DO-A1 4 DO-A2 5 DO-A3 6 DO-B1 7 DO-B2 8 DO-B3 9 DO-B4 10 AO3 255 Undefined Free2Dig ubyte 255 Free digital output. Controlled from the network command through nvifree2dig 0 AO1 1 AO2 2 DO-C1 3 DO-A1 4 DO-A2 5 DO-A3 6 DO-B1 7 DO-B2 8 DO-B3 9 DO-B4 10 AO3 255 Undefined ChgOvr ubyte 255 Heat Pump changeover relay. 0 AO1 1 AO2 2 DO-C1 3 DO-A1 4 DO-A2 5 DO-A3 6 DO-B1 7 DO-B2 8 DO-B3 9 DO-B4 10 AO3 255 Undefined CoolMod ubyte 255 Modulating cooling 0 AO

180 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description 1 AO2 2 DO-C1 3 DO-A1 4 DO-A2 5 DO-A3 6 DO-B1 7 DO-B2 8 DO-B3 9 DO-B4 10 AO3 255 Undefined HeatMod ubyte 255 Modulating heating 0 AO1 1 AO2 2 DO-C1 3 DO-A1 4 DO-A2 5 DO-A3 6 DO-B1 7 DO-B2 8 DO-B3 9 DO-B4 10 AO3 255 Undefined EconoMod ubyte 0 Modulating economizer damper (mixed air damper) 0 AO1 1 AO2 2 DO-C1 3 DO-A1 4 DO-A2 5 DO-A3 6 DO-B1 7 DO-B2 8 DO-B3 9 DO-B4 10 AO3 11 Float1 12 Float2 13 Float

181 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description 14 Float4 255 Undefined Free1Mod ubyte 255 Free modulating output 1. The output is controlled from the network command through nvifree1mod. 0 AO1 1 AO2 2 DO-C1 3 DO-A1 4 DO-A2 5 DO-A3 6 DO-B1 7 DO-B2 8 DO-B3 9 DO-B4 10 AO3 11 Float1 12 Float2 13 Float3 14 Float4 255 Undefined Free2Mod ubyte 255 Free modulating output 2. The output is controlled from the network command through nvifree2mod. 0 AO1 1 AO2 2 DO-C1 3 DO-A1 4 DO-A2 5 DO-A3 6 DO-B1 7 DO-B2 8 DO-B3 9 DO-B4 10 AO3 11 Float1 12 Float2 13 Float3 14 Float4 255 Undefined

182 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description LedMod ubyte 255 Wall module Occupancy status LED output. 15 AO1live 16 AO2live 17 AO3live 255 Undefined Honeywell Conventional Wall Module: Output Type: Analog Voltage Output SubType: AO_0_10vdcDir Retrofit Jobs: Output Type: Analog Voltage, Analog Current Output SubType: AO_0_10vdcDir, AO_0_20maDir Effective Override State LED OCCNUL (Cancel) Other values BYPASS UNOCC OCC STANDBY Off Off (treat as OccNul) On 1 flash per second 0.3 sec ON 2 flashes per second 0.3 sec ON, 0.2 sec OFF, O.3 sec ON 2 flashes per second nciholiday0 Each scheduled holiday has a valid start month, day, and duration. A maximum of 10 holidays can be scheduled.(nciholiday0 nciholiday9) nciholiday0 VAL-ubyte Month A month is selected from Configure Holiday menu. nciholiday0 VAL-ubyte Day A day from the month is selected from Configure Holiday menu. nciholiday0 VAL-ubyte Duratio n Number of days are selected from Configure Holiday menu. ncisunday An occupancy schedule for all weekdays (ncisunday - ncisaturday) is configured. There are four events per day with one state/time for each event. There are four states Occupied Standby Unoccupied Unconfigured event1state Occupanc y One of the four events (occupied, standby, unoccupied, unconfigured), can be selected. event1time VAL-uint16 For the selected event, a time period can be selected. event2state Occupanc y One of the four events (occupied, standby, unoccupied, unconfigured), can be selected. event2time VAL-uint16 For the selected event, a time period can be selected. The time period for this event starts after completion of the previous event

183 NCI Field Net Data Type Default Value Unit Description event3state Occupanc y One of the four events (occupied, standby, unoccupied, unconfigured), can be selected. event3time VAL-uint16 For the selected event, a time period can be selected. The time period for this event starts after completion of the previous event. event4state Occupanc y One of the four events (occupied, standby, unoccupied, unconfigured), can be selected. event4time VAL-uint16 For the selected event, a time period can be selected. The time period for this event starts after completion of the previous event. Network Variable Input (NVI) Table 38: CVAHU Network Variable Inputs NVI field Net Data Type Unit Description nviapplicmode hvac_mode hvac_mode This network input is used to switch between off, auto, heating and cooling. 0: Auto heating and cooling enabled 1: Heat enabled 3: Cooling enabled 6: fan, heating and cooling off 8: EMERG_HEAT (Heat pump only) 9: Fan Only, no heating or cooling All other inputs ignored. nvibypass switch Network occupancy bypass command. Note: The network bypass command has priority over the network occupancy override input (nviocccmd). State Value Meaning 1 Not zero The node should bypass the time of day schedule (subject to occupancy arbitration logic). Null Don t care The input is not available because it is not bound, the input is no longer being updated by the sender, or Bypass is no longer being called. This means that the same as Off. 0 Don t care The node should not bypass the time of day schedule

184 NVI field Net Data Type Unit Description 1 0 The node should not bypass the time of day schedule. If the node receives this combination of state and value, then state is set to Off. nviclgovr hvac_overid It is mechanical cooling override. Overrides the cooling valve or cooling stages Caution: nviclgovr will bypass the min-on, min-off, and inter stage timers and temperature mode logic. Use caution when using network override with staged network override. nviclgovr_state ubyte This command is used for bypass state 0: no override (normal operation) 1: manual flow position, percent stages on 4: open cooling valve, all stages on 5: close cooling valve, all stages off (all others) = no override nviclgovr_percent lev_percent % This is manual percent cooling Range 0 range 100 % stages = (percent x max stages configured)/100 (e.g. 3 stages of heating configured, percent = 67, 2 stages will turn on.) nviclgovr_flow flow L/s This is manual percent flow value. Range: 0 to 65534, Precision: 0 nvicoilfrz switch Coil low temperature alarm. Typically used to override the local Coil Freeze digital input State Value Meaning STATE_OFF 0 0 Alarm is inactive STATE_ON Alarm is active STATE_NUL -1 0 No override nvidirtyfilter switch Dirty Filter. Typically used to override the local dirty filter digital input State Value Meaning STATE_OFF 0 0 Filter in healthy condition STATE_ON Filter is Dirty STATE_NUL -1 0 No override

185 NVI field Net Data Type Unit Description nvidlcshed switch Network command for Demand Limit Control Note: When DLC is active, the control loop setpoint is shifted ncidlcshiftspt in the energy savings direction. When DLC is inactive, the control loop normal setpoint is restored using a 30 min ramp. State Value Meaning STATE_OFF 0 Demand Limit Control not active STATE_ON 100 Demand Limit control is active STATE_NUL 0 No override nvidschrgairtemp temp_p F Discharge air temperature Typically used as an input override 32 range 212 F nviecon switch This network input allows one outdoor air sensor to determine the suitability of outdoor air for free cooling to be shared by many other nodes. When nviecon.state is valid, then the local free cooling logic is ignored and nviecon is used instead. The inputs states have the following meanings. State Value Meaning SW_OFF or other Don t care Outdoor air is not suitable for free cooling SW_ON 0 Outdoor air is not suitable for free cooling. If the node receives this combination of state and value, then state is set to SW_OFF. SW_ON SW_NUL Not zero Don t care Outdoor air is suitable for free cooling The network variable is not bound, the communications path from the sending node has failed, or the sending node has failed. Outdoor air is not suitable for free cooling nvieconovr hvac_overid This command is used for economizer damper override nvieconovr_state ubyte Economizer input override States State Status 0 no override (normal operation)

186 NVI field Net Data Type Unit Description 1 manual flow position 4 open cooling damper 5 close damper All other no override nvieconovr_percent lev_percent % Manual percent flow value. Range 0 range 100 % nvieconovr_flow flow L/s Range: 0 to 65534, Precision: 0 nviemergcmd hvac_emerg hvac_emerg Emergency network input that determines the controller action during a given emergency (such as a fire) State Status 0 Normal 1 Pressurize 2 Depressurize 3 Purge 4 Shutdown The valid enumerated values have the following meanings: Enumerated Value Fan Economizer Damper PRESSURIZE ON Open DEPRESSURIZE ON Closed SHUTDOWN OFF Closed PURGE Note 1 Note 1 NORMAL and all unspecified values Note 2 Note 2 Note: The fan and damper goes to the state specified by ncismokecontrol. The heating and cooling control algorithm controls the fan and economizer damper. nviemergcmd will override a disabled controller. This enumeration is per LonMark Functional Profile: Roof Top Unit (RTU) The LonMark Master Lists for hvac_emerg and data type emerg_t show

187 NVI field Net Data Type Unit Description that there is an additional enumeration EMERG_FIRE (5). This is ignored for this profile. If the NV is set to 5, the unit will behave as if the NV was set to NORMAL. nviemergcmd is assigned as a non-volatile with a default value of Normal (0) on initial power up and download. It retains any value written thereafter (i.e. it acts like an nci setpoint). nvifanovr switch Fan override signal. Note: Emergency command (nviemergcmd) has priority over nvifan override nvifanovr_value lev_count Manual percent flow value. State 0 Fan Off 100 Fan on Status Range 0 range 100 % nvifanovr_state VAL-ubyte Fan Override states State 0 Fan Off 1 Fan on Null No override Status nvifanstatus switch Note: The state value must be set to NULL to disable the override signal Fan status. Typically used to override the local fan status input nvifanstatus_value lev_count Fan Override status value. State 0 Fan Off 100 Fan on Status Range 0 range 100 % nvifanstatus_state VAL-ubyte Fan Override states

188 NVI field Net Data Type Unit Description State 0 Inactive 1 Active -1 No override Status nvifiltersp press_f inwc Filter static pressure Typically used as an override command. 0 range 5 inwc nvifree1dig switch The Free1Dig input allows a network variable input to control a user determined load with an unused digital output(s). The Free1 digital output is intended to drive a non-latching relay while the FreePulseOn and FreePulseOff digital outputs are intended to drive a latching relay. One second pulses are applied to the latching relays when the input network variable changes state. State Value Meaning Off don t care The corresponding free logical output (and therefore the physical output, if configured) is off. On 0 The corresponding free logical output (and therefore the physical output, if configured) is off. If the node receives this combination of state and value, then state is set to Off On Null not zero don t care The corresponding free logical output (and therefore the physical output, if configured) is on. The network variable is not bound, the communications path from the sending node has failed, or the sending node has failed. The corresponding free logical output does not change if the network variable input fails

189 NVI field Net Data Type Unit Description nvifree2dig switch The Free2Dig input allows a network variable input to control a user determined load with an unused digital output(s). The Free2 digital output is intended to drive a non-latching relay. State Value Meaning Off don t care The corresponding free logical output (and therefore the physical output, if configured) is off. On 0 The corresponding free logical output (and therefore the physical output, if configured) is off. If the node receives this combination of state and value, then state is set to Off On Null not zero don t care The corresponding free logical output (and therefore the physical output, if configured) is on. The network variable is not bound, the communications path from the sending node has failed, or the sending node has failed. The corresponding free logical output does not change if the network variable input fails. nvifree1mod lev_percent Percent The Free1Mod input allows a network variable input to control an actuator with an unused analog output. 0 range 100% nvifree2mod lev_percent Percent The Free2Mod input allows a network variable input to control an actuator with an unused analog output. 0 range 100% nvihtgovr hvac_overid Heating override. Overrides the heating valve or heating stages Caution: nvihtgovr will bypass the min-on, min-off, and inter stage timers and temperature mode logic. Use caution when using network override with staged network override

190 NVI field Net Data Type Unit Description nvihtgovr_state ubyte % Heating override state State Status 0 No override (normal operation) 1 Manual flow position 4 Open heat valve, all stages on 5 Close heat valve, all stages off All other No override nvihtgovr_percent lev_percent Percent Manual percent heating value Range 0 range 100 % Stages = (percent x max stages configured)/100 (e.g. 3 stages of heating are configured, percent = 67, 2 stages will turn ON) nvihtgovr_flow flow L/s Manual percent flow value Range: 0 to 65534, Precision: 0 nviiaqovr switch Indoor air quality override State Value Meaning SW_OFF don t care The indoor air quality is acceptable. SW_ON 0 The indoor air quality is acceptable. If the node receives this combination of state and value, then state is set to SW_OFF. SW_ON not zero The indoor air quality is not acceptable and additional outdoor air is needed to bring it back to acceptable. SW_NUL don t care The indoor air quality is acceptable. Other don t care The network variable is not bound, the communications path from the sending node has failed, or the sending node has failed. The indoor air quality is acceptable

191 NVI field Net Data Type Unit Description occupancy Occupancy Network command used to force the controller into a specific manual occupancy mode. This is an input from a network connected operator interface or other node that indicates the state of a manual occupancy control thus over riding the scheduled occupancy state. It is used along with other occupancy inputs to calculate the effective occupancy of the node. State Status 0 Occupied 1 Unoccupied nvimanocc 2 Bypass 3 Standby 255 Null, it ignores occupancy command Note: Bypass: indicates that the space is occupied for BypassTime seconds after nvimanocc is first set to OC_BYPASS. The timing is done by the bypass timer in this node. If nvimanocc changes to another value the manual occupancy state assumes the new value independent of the bypass timer. If nvimanocc changes back to a null value and the bypass timer is active, it will return to the Bypass mode. nvimixedairtemp temp_p F Mixed air temperature Typically used to override the mixed air temperature -40 range 122 F nvimondig switch Monitor digital input. Typically used to override the local digital monitor input State Values Status 0 0 Inactive Active -1 0 No override nvimonsensor count_inc_f Unit Less Monitor sensor. Typically used to override the local monitor analog sensor E38 range E38 nviocccmd occupancy Occupancy Allows an occupancy sensor at another node to be used as the occupancy sensor for this node and is typically bound to the occupancy sensor output from another node. If nviocccmd is bound, nviocccmd must show UnOcc for the 300 seconds before OccSensorIn is changed to UnOcc. This makes it possible for several occupancy sensors to be Ored together by binding them all to OccSensorIn. If anyone bound occupancy sensor shows Occ, then OccSensorIn shows Occ for up to the 300 seconds after

192 NVI field Net Data Type Unit Description the last sensor shows Occ. 0, 2, 3: Space is Occupied 1: Space is unoccupied 255: sensor not connected Notes: If a local occupancy sensor has been configured, the local sensor is logically Ored with the network signal. nviodenth enthalpy btu/lb Outdoor air enthalpy 0 range 100 btu/lb nviodhum lev_percent Percent Outdoor air relative humidity 0 range 100% nviodtemp temp_p F (64) Outdoor air temperature -40 range 122 F nvireturnairco2 ppm ppm Return air CO2 concentration Typically used to override the return air CO 2 0 range 5000 PPM nvireturnairenth enthalpy btu/lb Return air enthalpy Typically used to override the return air enthalpy 0 range 100 btu/lb nvireturnairhum lev_percent Percent Return air relative humidity Typically used to override the return air RH 0 range 100% nvireturnairtemp temp_p F Return air temperature. Typically used to override the return air temperature 14 range 122 F nvisetpoint temp_p F Input network variable used to determine the temperature control point of the node. If nvisetpoint is valid, then it is used to determine the control point of the node. If nvisetpoint is invalid, then other means are used to determine the control point. 40 range 100 F New Temporary Variables OccCool = nvisetpoint + ZEB_OCC / 2 OccHeat = nvisetpoint - ZEB_OCC / 2 StandbyCool = nvisetpoint + ZEB_STDBY / 2 StandbyHeat = nvisetpoint - ZEB_STDBY / 2 Where: ZEB_OCC = OccCool - OccHeat

193 NVI field Net Data Type Unit Description ZEB_STDBY = StandbyCool StandbyHeat Setpoint Override Priority Priority Setpoint Input 1 nvisetpointovr 2 nvisetpoint 3 nvisetptoffset 4 Wall Module center setpoint Note: This input is intended for a network connected wall module. nvisetpointovr temp_p F input network variable used to temporarily override the temperature control center setpoint. Refer to nvisetpoint for details. 40 range 100 F Setpoint Override Priority Priority Setpoint Input 1 nvisetpointovr 2 nvisetpoint 3 nvisetptoffset 4 Wall Module center setpoint Note: This input is dedicated to a workstation or network connected tool and should not be bound to a network wall module. nvisetptoffset temp_diff_p F This network input is used to temporarily shift the effective heating and cooling setpoint. The value is added to the effective setpoint for Occupied, Bypass and Standby modes. -10 range +10 F Setpoint Override Priority Priority Setpoint Input 1 nvisetpointovr 2 nvisetpoint 3 nvisetptoffset 4 Wall Module center setpoint

194 NVI field Net Data Type Unit Description nvishutdown switch Shut down fan system. Typically used to override the local shut down input State Values Status 0 0 Inactive Active -1 0 No override nvismokealm switch Smoke alarm. Typically used to override the local smoke alarm input State Values Status 0 0 Inactive Active -1 0 No override nvispaceco2 ppm ppm (96) Space CO 2 concentration A valid input value overrides the local CO 2 sensor. 0 range 5000 PPM nvispacehum lev_percent % Space relative humidity Typically used to override the local sensor value 0 range 100% nvispacetemp temp_p F (64) Network space temperature input. The network input overrides the local temperature sensor. 14 range 122 F nvitodevent tod_event This input network variable is used to command the Space Comfort Controller into different occupancy modes. A scheduler or a supervisory node typically sends it. If the network signal is valid, the network overrides the local time schedule. nvitodevent_currentstate, nvitodevent_nextstate Occupancy Current scheduled state, and next scheduled state State Status 0 Occupied 1 Unoccupied 3 Standby 255 Null nvitodevent_timetonextstate Minute Time to next scheduled state 0 to 65,534 minutes

195 NVI field Net Data Type Unit Description nviwindow switch Allows the window sensor from another node to be used as the window sensor and is typically bound to nvowindow of another node. nviwindow must show that the window is closed for 300 seconds before nviwindow is changed to window closed. This makes it possible for several window sensors to be Ored together by binding them all to nviwindow. If anyone bound window sensor shows window open, then nviwindow shows window open for up to the 300 seconds after the last sensor shows window closed. The states are listed below: State Value Meaning SW_OFF or SW_NUL or other Don t care Window Closed SW_ON 0 Window Closed. If the node receives this combination of state and value, then state is set to SW_OFF. SW_ON Not zero Window Open nvoctldatag1.windowopen indicates the current state of the window sensors and is calculated from nviwindow.state and the local occupancy sensor. The local sensor and nviwindow are Ored together. If either the local sensor or nviwindow shows that the window is open (nvoio.windowopen = 1 or nviwindow.state = SW_ON), then WindowOpen shows that the window is open. 1 means that the window is open and 0 means that the window is closed. When the window is open, the controller mode is switched to FREEZE_PROTECT. TempMode = Heat (Temperature Mode) Heating SetPt = 46.4F (ncimisccontrol.spspcfrz) nviwshpenable_value switch/ubit % Used to enable the compressor stages in heat pump applications. Typically, nviwshpenable is bound to a water flow sensor that detects heating/cooling water supplied to the heat pump. If there is no water flow the compressor is disabled. State Value Meaning SW_OFF don t care The compressor is disabled in heat pump applications. SW_ON 0 The compressor is disabled in heat pump applications. If the node receives this combination of state and value, then state is set to SW_OFF

196 NVI field Net Data Type Unit Description SW_ON not zero The compressor is enabled in heat pump applications. SW_NUL or other don t care The network variable is not bound and is ignored Note: It can be used to override the local WSHPEnable sensor

197 Network Variable Output (NVO) Table 39: CVAHU Network Variable Outputs NVO field Net Data Type Unit Description nvoapalarm Application alarms group 1 nvoapalarm_frost UBIT The space temperature is below the frost alarm limit (6 C) when the mode is FREEZE_PROTECT. The alarm condition remains until the temperature exceeds the alarm limit plus hysteresis. Precision: 0 State Status 0 Normal 1 Alarm nvoapalarm_invalidsp UBIT One of the Set Points is not in the valid range. The node issues an INVALID_SET_POINT alarm when: Occupied set points lies outside the 40F to 100F range Unoccupied heat > occupied heat Occupied heat > occupied cool Occupied cool > unoccupied cool Standby heat > standby cool Precision: 0 State Status 0 Normal 1 Alarm nvoapalarm_smoke UBIT The smoke detector has detected smoke and the node has entered an emergency state. Precision: 0 State Status 0 Normal 1 Alarm

198 NVO field Net Data Type Unit Description nvoapalarm_iaqalm UBIT The indoor air quality sensor has detected that the indoor air quality is poorer than the desired standard. Space CO 2 > nciiaqdcvsetpt ppm. Precision: 0 State Status 0 Normal 1 Alarm nvoapalarm_emrgovrd UBIT Emergency override alarm. This indicates that the network command nviemergcmd is active. Precision: 0 State Status 0 Normal 1 Alarm nvoapalarm_fanfailure UBIT The fan status switch indicates there is no airflow when the fan has been commanded to run. Precision: 0 State Status 0 Normal 1 Alarm nvoapalarm_dirtyfil UBIT The pressure drop across the filter exceeds the limit and the filter requires maintenance. Precision: 0 State Status 0 Normal 1 Alarm nvoapalarm_lowlimeconclos UBIT The economizer has to close beyond the minimum position to prevent the discharge air temperature from going below the discharge temperature low limit. Precision: 0 State Status 0 Normal 1 Alarm nvoapalarm_frzstat UBIT The low duct temperature alarm has been activated. Upon receiving a contact closure, the control algorithm closes the outdoor air damper and opens the hot water and chilled water valves (based on ncilotempovrd.frzstat) to the full

199 NVO field Net Data Type Unit Description open position as a safety precaution. Precision: 0 State Status 0 Normal 1 Alarm Note: Freeze stat operation is dependent on the configuration parameter ncilotempovrd.frzstat. If manual-reset operation is desired, the Freeze Stat device must provide the physical pushbutton, which the operator presses, to reset the system after a freeze condition has occurred. nvoapalarm_spacetemp UBIT Occupied space temperature alarm. Alarm locked out until the space effective occupancy is occupied and after a fixed delay. Refer to ncimisccontrol (SpcAlmHiLimit, SpcAlmLoLimt, and SpcAlmDelay) for configuration details. Precision: 0 State Status 0 Normal 1 Alarm nvoapalarm_htgovrd UBIT Heating override alarm. Indicates nvihtgovr is active. Precision: 0 State Status 0 Normal 1 Alarm nvoapalarm_clgovrd UBIT Cooling override alarm. Indicates nviclgovr is active. Precision: 0 State Status 0 Normal 1 Alarm nvoapalarm_fanovrd UBIT Fan override alarm. Indicates nvifanovr is active Precision: 0 State Status 0 Normal 1 Alarm

200 NVO field Net Data Type Unit Description nvoapalarm_econdmprovrd UBIT Economizer dampers override alarm. Indicates nvieconovr is active. Precision: 0 State Status 0 Normal 1 Alarm nvoapalarm_wshplossofwtrflo UBIT Indicates water source heat pump loss of water flow. Indicates that the heat pump compressor is locked out and there is a call for heating or cooling. Precision: 0 State Status 0 Normal 1 Alarm nvoapalarm_future1 UBIT Spare field nvoauxecon switch AuxEconOut indicates the state of the AuxEcon digital output. nvobypass switch State Value Meaning SW_OFF -1 0 AuxEcon output inactive SW_ON AuxEcon output active SW_NUL 1 0 AuxEcon output inactive % This allows a wall module at one node to be used to over ride the scheduled occupancy of another node. The node with nvibypass Bound normally does not have a wall module. See the EffectOcc and OverRide for more details. nvoclgpos nvoclgstgon lev_percent count State Value Description SW_OFF 0 0 Override is inactive SW_ON Override is not Bypass SW_NUL -1 0 Override is Bypass Note: Do not enable Guaranteed Periodic Update (GPU) for this NV. Cooling valve commanded position 0 range 100 %, Precision: 3 Number of cooling stages active 0 range 4, Precision:

201 NVO field Net Data Type Unit Description nvoctldatag1 Node Status Group Binary & Enumerated Data This is a limited summary of CVAHU binary and enumerated data intended for workstation graphics This NV is suitable for data transfer using a network NV binding or polling. Since the Significant event notification is set to a zero value, the polled information is always current. nvoctldatag1_mode ubyte Indicates the current mode of the node determined by many inputs and arbitrated by control logic. 0 StartupWait 1 Heat 2 Cool 3 Off 5 EmergHeat 6 SmokeEmerg 7 FreezeProtect 10 Fan 4 Disabled Only Not Supported. Note 8 Manual override of physical outputs Not supported. Note 9 Factory Test. Not supported Note Note: Refer to nvonodestatus.manual_control nvoctldatag1_effocc occupancy Effective occupancy State -1 Null 0 Occupied 1 Unoccupied 2 Bypass 3 Standby Status

202 NVO field Net Data Type Unit Description nvoctldatag1_override occupancy Effective manual override state State Status -1 Null 0 Occupied 1 Unoccupied 2 Bypass 3 Standby nvoctldatag1_schedocc occupancy Scheduled occupancy state State -1 Null 0 Occupied 1 Unoccupied 2 Bypass 3 Standby Status nvoctldatag1_netmanocc occupancy Reports the network manual occupancy state from nvimanocc State Status -1 Null 0 Occupied 1 Unoccupied 2 Bypass 3 Standby nvoctldatag1_senocc occupancy Indicates the current state of the sensed occupancy State Status -1 Null 0 Occupied 1 Unoccupied 2 Bypass 3 Standby

203 NVO field Net Data Type Unit Description nvoctldatag1_econenable ubyte Indicates the current suitability of outdoor air for use in cooling used by the control process State ST_OFF ST_ON ST_NUL Status The outdoor air is not suitable to augment cooling. The outdoor air is suitable to augment cooling. No local sensor is selected by ncifreeclg.type, or the selected local sensor has failed or has not been configured, and that nviecon.state is SW_NUL. The outdoor air is considered unsuitable for cooling. nvoctldatag1_proofairflow ubyte Indicates the control process uses the current state of the ProofAirFlow switch. Null indicates item is not configured. State Status -1 Null 0 Off 1 On nvoctldatag1_heatstageson 3bits Heating stages on 0 range 4, precision: 0 nvoctldatag1_coolstageson 3bits Cooling stages on 0 range 4, Precision: 0 nvoctldatag1_freedig1out Ubit Free digital output # 1 status. 0 range 1, precision: 0 State Status 0 Off 1 On -1 Null Null indicates item is not configured (255 or -1)

204 NVO field Net Data Type Unit Description nvoctldatag1_freedig2out Ubit Free digital output # 2 status. 0 range 1, precision: 0 State Status 0 Off 1 On -1 Null Null indicates item is not configured (255 or -1). nvoctldatag1_fanon Ubit Fan digital control output status 0 range 1, precision: 0 nvoctldatag1_auxeconout Ubit Status of the packaged economizer output 0 range 1, precision: 0 State Status 0 Off 1 On -1 Null Null indicates item is not configured (255 or -1) nvoctldatag1_dlcshed Ubit Indicates the status of the Demand limit control load shed 0 range 1, precision: 0 State Status 0 Off 1 On -1 Null Null indicates item is not configured (255 or -1). nvoctldatag1_iaqoverride Ubit When an economizer is configured. IaqOverRide indicates the current state of the indoor air quality, and is used by the control process to open the economizer damper to let in more outside air. 0 range 1, precision: 0 State Status Description 0 Normal Indoor air quality is OK 1 Alarm Poor indoor air quality -1 Null Not configured Null indicates item is not configured (255 or -1)

205 NVO field Net Data Type Unit Description nvoctldatag1_smokemonitor Ubit Indicates the current state of the SmokeMonitor input 0 range 1, precision: 0 State 0 Normal 1 Alarm -1 Null Status Null indicates item is not configured (255 or -1). nvoctldatag1_windowopen Ubit Indicates the current state of the window sensors Status of digital input OR network input. See nviwindow. 0 range 1, precision: 0 State 0 Closed 1 Open -1 Null Status Null indicates item is not configured (255 or -1). nvoctldatag1_dirtyfilter Ubit Indicates the state of the air filter 0 range 1, precision: 0 State Status Description 0 Normal State of Air filter id OK 1 Alarm 60 sec preset delay -1 Null Not cofigured Null indicates item is not configured (255 or -1). nvoctldatag1_shutdown Ubit Indicates the state of the ShutDown local input 0 range 1, precision: 0 State 0 Inactive 1 Active -1 Null Status Null indicates item is not configured (255 or -1)

206 NVO field Net Data Type Unit Description nvoctldatag1_monswitch Ubit The state of the digital input wired to a general purpose monitor switch. 0 range 1, precision: 0 State 0 Open 1 Closed -1 Null Status Null indicates item is not configured (255 or -1). nvoctldatag1_wshpenable Ubit Indicates the status of the local or network input which enables a water source heat pump. 0 range 1, precision: 0 State 0 Disable 1 Enable -1 Null Status Null indicates item is not configured (255 or -1). nvoctldatag1_coilfreezestat Ubit Indicates the status of the local low temperature protection switch input 0 range 1, precision: 0 State 0 Normal 1 Alarm -1 Null Status Null indicates item is not configured (255 or -1). nvoctldatag1_dehumidactive Ubit Indicates the local low temperature protection switch input. 0 range 1, precision: 0 State 0 False 1 True -1 Null Status Null indicates item is not configured (255 or -1). nvoctldatag1_future_2 Ubit Spare field 0 range 1, precision:

207 NVO field Net Data Type Unit Description nvoctldatag1_future_3 Ubit Spare field 0 range 1, precision: 0 nvoctldatag1_future_4 Ubit Spare field 0 range 1, precision: 0 nvoctldatag1_future_5 Ubit Spare field 0 range 1, precision: 0 nvoctldatag2 Node Status Group Space Analog Data This is a limited summary of CVAHU analog data intended for Workstation Graphics nvoctldatag2_tempcontrolpt temp_p F Space temperature effective setpoint Precision: 3 nvoctldatag2_spacetemp temp_p F Space temperature -49 range F, Precision: 3 nvoctldatag2_spacehumidity lev_cont % Space relative humidity 0 range 100 %, Precision: 1 nvoctldatag2_spaceco2 ppm ppm Space CO 2 concentration Range: 0 to 65535, Precision: 1 nvoctldatag2_returntemp temp_p F Return air temperature -49 range F, Precision: 3 nvoctldatag2_returnhumidity lev_cont Return air relative humidity 0 range 100 %, Precision: 1 nvoctldatag2_returnenthalpy enthalpy kj/k g Return air enthalpy Sen :0.1 kj/kg, Precision: 3 nvoctldatag2_returnco2 ppm ppm Space CO2 concentration Range: 0 to 65535, Precision: 0 nvoctldatag3 F Node Status Group Equipment Analog Data This is a limited summary of CVAHU analog data intended for workstation graphics nvoctldatag3_dischargetemp temp_p F Discharge air temperature -49 range F Precision: 3 nvoctldatag3_dischargesetpt temp_p F Discharge air temperature setpoint -49 range F, Precision: 3 nvoctldatag3_mixedairtemp temp_p F Mixed air temperature -49 range F, Precision:

208 NVO field Net Data Type Unit Description nvoctldatag3_coolpos nvoctldatag3_heatpos nvoctldatag3_econpos nvoctldatag3_teminalload lev_percent lev_percent lev_percent lev_percent % Cooling valve position Range: 0 to 100, Precision: 1 % Heating valve position Range: 0 to 100, Precision: 1 % Economizer damper position Range: 0 to 100, Precision: 1 % It is the effective loading on the controller. A positive value indicates a cooling load and a negative value will indicate that there is a heating load % range 160 % nvoctldatag3_filterpressure press_p Pa Filter pressure drop Range: to 32766, Precision: 0 nvoctldatag3_monitor SNVT count_inc_f Monitor sensor input -3.34E38 range 3.34E38, Precision: 2 nvoctldatag3_outdoortemp temp_p F Outdoor air temperature -49 range F, Precision: 3 nvoctldatag3_outdoorhumidity lev_cont % Outdoor air relative humidity Range: 0 to 100, Precision: 1 nvoctldatag3_outdoorenthalpy enthalpy kj/k g Outdoor air enthalpy Range: 0 to 100, Precision: 3 nvodamperpos lev_percent % The position signal for the economizer air damper State Status 0 Closed 100 Open nvodlcshed switch Range: 0 range 100 %, Precision: 3 % Indicates the state of nvidlcshed State Value Meaning SW_OFF 0 0 DLC input inactive SW_ON % DLC input active SW_NUL -1 0 DLC input inactive nvodschrgairtemp temp_p F Discharge air temperature -49 range F, Precision:

209 NVO field Net Data Type Unit Description nvodschrgairsp temp_p F The calculated discharge air temperature when cascade control is being used. The discharge air temperature setpoint is a function of the Space temperature control loop thermal demand. Value is invalid if Cascade control is not enabled. -49 range F, Precision: 3 nvoecon switch % This network variable output allows the outdoor air for free cooling decision logic to be shared with other nodes and is typically bound to nviecon on other nodes. Based on how the economizer function is configured by ncifreeclg.type, nvoecon is periodically calculated from the local sensor(s) specified by ncifreeclg.type and is sent on the network. nviecon does not affect nvoecon. The output has the following states: State Value Meaning SW_OFF 0 0 The outdoor air is not suitable for free cooling. SW_ON % SW_NUL -1 0 The outdoor air is suitable for free cooling. The corresponding economizer function is not enabled because nciconfig.econenable is ECON_NUL, DIFF_TEMP, or DIFF_ENTH or because the selected sensor has failed. Precision: 1 nvoeffcntrsetpt SNVT temp_p Effective space temperature center setpoint. EffCntrSetPt = EffHtgSP + ((EffClgSP EffHtgSP)/2) -30 range 100F, Precision: 3 nvoeffcontroldb temp_diff_p F Effective temperature control deadband. EffControlDb = EffClgSP EffHtgSP 0 range 60 F, Precision:

210 NVO field Net Data Type Unit Description nvoeffectmode SNVT hvac_mode Effective HVAC Mode 1: Heat 3: Cooling 6: Off 8: Emergency Heat 9: Fan Only, no heating or cooling Op Mode HVAC mode START_UP_WAIT 0 or HVAC_NUL SMOKE_EMERGENCY 6 or FREEZE_PROTECT 7 HEAT 1 HVAC_HEAT 1 COOL 2 HVAC_COOL 3 OFF_MODE 3 or DISABLED_MODE EMERG_HEAT 5 MANUAL or FACTORY_TEST HVAC_OFF 6 HVAC_EMERG_HEAT 8 HVAC_TEST Do not Support FAN_ONLY 10 HVAC_FAN_ONLY 9 Note: Select option from list as per requirement nvoeffectoccup occupancy The effective occupancy state: -1: Null 0: Occupied 1: Unoccupied 2: Bypass 3: Standby nvoeffectsetpt temp_p F The effective space temperature setpoint -30 range 100 F, Precision:

211 NVO field Net Data Type Unit Description nvoemerg hvac_emerg This is an emergency output reflecting the state of the locally wired smoke detector. The valid enumerated values have the following meanings: nvoemerg Meaning EMERG_PURGE -3 The locally wired smoke sensor indicates a smoke condition. EMERG_NORMAL 0 The local sensor is detecting no smoke or that the smoke detector input is not configured. Emergency state and their status State Status -1 Null 0 Normal 1 Pressurize 2 Depressurize 3 Purge 4 Shutdown 5 Fire nvofanon switch Indicates the state of the FAN digital output 0 range 100 %, Precision: 1 State Value Meaning SW_OFF 0 0 Fan output inactive SW_ON Fan output active SW_NUL -1 0 Fan output inactive nvofiltersp press_f Pa Filter static pressure 0 range 5 inwc, Precision: 2 nvohtgpos lev_percent Heating valve commanded position. 0 range 100 %, Precision: 3 nvohtgstgon count Number of heating stages active 0 range 4, Precision:

212 NVO field Net Data Type Unit Description nvoiaqovr switch % Allows an indoor air quality sensor to be shared with other nodes and is typically bound to nviiaqovr on other nodes. Range: 0 to 100 %, Precision: 3 State Value Meaning SW_OFF 0 0 The indoor air quality is acceptable SW_ON % The indoor air quality is not acceptable and additional outdoor air is needed to bring it back to acceptable SW_NUL -1 0 The economizer for this node has not been configured or there is no sensor configured or the only configured sensor has failed. nvomatemp temp_p F Mixed air temperature. -49 range F, Precision: 3 nvomonsensor count_inc_f Monitor sensor. This allows an unused analog input to be used as a generic network accessible value monitor E38 range E38 Precision: 2 nvomonsw switch % Monitor switch status. This allows an unused binary input to be used as a generic network accessible digital status monitor. State Value Meaning SW_OFF 0 Inactive SW_ON 100 % Active SW_NUL 0 Not Configured nvoodenth enthalpy btu/l b Outdoor air enthalpy. Displays calculated enthalpy from outdoor air temperature and humidity. Note: It does not display value of ncilogincvanalog.odenth C7400A/C enthalpy sensor input. 0 range 100 btu/lb, Precision: 3 nvoodhum lev_percent % Outdoor air relative humidity Range: 0 range 100 %, Precision: 3 nvoodtemp temp_p F Outdoor air temperature -40 range 122F

213 NVO field Net Data Type Unit Description nvoproofairflow switch % Fan proof of airflow status Range: 0 to 100 %, Precision: 1 State Value Meaning SW_OFF 1 0 Flow status FALSE SW_ON Flow status TRUE SW_NUL -1 0 Flow status not configured nvoraco2 ppm ppm Return air CO2 level. 0 range 5000 PPM, Precision: 0 nvoraenth enthalpy Return air enthalpy. Displays calculated enthalpy from return air temperature and humidity. Note: Does not display value of ncilogincvanalog.raenth C7400A/C enthalpy sensor input. 0 range 100 btu/lb, Precision: 3 nvorahum lev_percent % Return air relative humidity. 0 range 100 %, Precision: 3 nvoratemp temp_p F Return air temperature 14 range 122 F, Precision: 3 nvosbussensors Calibrate sensor values nvosbussensors_ziotemp SNVT temp_p F Calibrated Zio wall module temperature value 30 range 110 F, Precision: 3 nvosbussensors_ziorh lev_percent Calibrated Zio wall module RH value 0 range 100 %, Precision: 3 nvosbussensors_sbtemp0 SNVT temp_p Calibrated Sbus Sensor#0 temperature value -40 range 150F, Precision: 3 nvosbussensors_sbrh0 lev_percent Calibrated Sbus Sensor#0 RH value 0 range 100 %, Precision: 3 nvosbussensors_sbtemp1 SNVT temp_p Calibrated Sbus Sensor#1 temperature value -40 range 150F, Precision: 3 nvosbussensors_sbrh1 lev_percent Calibrated Sbus Sensor#1 RH value 0 range 100 %, Precision: 3 nvosbussensors_sbtemp2 SNVT temp_p Calibrated Sbus Sensor#2 temperature value -40 range 150F, Precision: 3 nvosbussensors_sbrh2 lev_percent Calibrated Sbus Sensor#2 RH value 0 range 100 %, Precision:

214 NVO field Net Data Type Unit Description nvosbussensors_sbtemp3 nvosbussensors_sbrh3 nvosbussensors_sbtemp4 nvosbussensors_sbrh4 nvosensorocc SNVT temp_p lev_percent SNVT temp_p lev_percent occupancy Calibrated Sbus Sensor#3 temperature value -40 range 150F, Precision: 3 Calibrated Sbus Sensor#3 RH value 0 range 100 %, Precision: 3 Calibrated Sbus Sensor#4 temperature value -40 range 150 F, Precision: 3 Calibrated Sbus Sensor #4 RH value 0 range 100 %, Precision: 3 OccSensorOut is an output showing the current state of the hard wired occupancy sensor. The valid enumerated states are listed below: Output State Meaning 0 Occ The space is occupied 1 UnOcc The space is not occupied 255 Null The occupancy sensor is not configured Sensor occupancies states and their status State Status -1 Null 0 Occupied 1 Unoccupied 2 Bypass 3 Standby nvoshutdown switch Note: Do not enable Guaranteed Periodic Update (GPU) for this NV. Enable this output by setting nciioconfig. EnableOccSensor = 1 % Indicates the state of the ShutDown local input 0 range 100 % Precision: 1 State Value Meaning SW_OFF 0 0 Shutdown FALSE SW_ON % Shutdown TRUE SW_NUL -1 0 Shutdown input not configured

215 NVO field Net Data Type Unit Description nvospaceco2 ppm ppm Space CO2 concentration 0 range 5000 PPM, Precision: 0 nvospacehum nvospacemultit lev_percen % Space relative humidity 0 range 100 %, Precision: 3 Multi space temperature summary of up to five space temperatures Refer to ncilogincvanalog.multitemp1-5 nvospacemultit_min temp_p F Minimum temperature calculated from up to five values. Range: 0 to 100, Precision: 3 nvospacemultit_avg temp_p F Average temperature calculated from up to five values. Range: 0 to 100, Precision: 3 nvospacemultit_smart temp_p F Smart temperature calculated from up to five values. IF TempMode = Cool THEN Smart = MaxTemp ELSE IF TempMode = Heat THEN Smart = MinTemp ELSE Smart = AvgTemp (i.e. TempMode is invalid). Range: 0 to 100, Precision: 3 nvospacemultit_max temp_p F Maximum temperature calculated from up to five values. Range: 0 to 100, Precision: 3 nvospacetemp temp_p F The space temp value applied to the temperature control loop. Range: 14 range 122 F, Precision: 3 LM nvoterminalload lev_percent % Indicates the effective loading on the controller. A positive value indicates a cooling load and a negative value will indicate that there is a heating load % range 160 %, Precision: 3 nvotodevent nvotodevent_currentstate tod_event occupan cy Network output for scheduled events Current event state in the controller State Status -1 Null 0 Occupied 1 Unoccupied 2 Bypass 3 Standby

216 NVO field Net Data Type Unit Description nvotodevent_nextstate occupan cy Scheduled next state in the controller State Status 0 Occupied 1 Unoccupied 2 Bypass 3 Standby 255 Null nvotodevent_timetonextstate time_min min scheduled time to the next state in the controller 0 range minutes, Precision: 0 SEN : 1 nvounitstatus nvounitstatus_mode hvac_status Indicates unit status Mode Stages: nvounitstatus_heatoutputprimar y nvounitstatus_heatoutputsecon dary nvounitstatus_cooloutput lev_percent lev_percent lev_percent Stage 1 Heat 2 Morning warm-up 3 Cooling 4 night purge 5 Pre Cool Status 6 Heating and cooling off Note: Select option from available list as per requirement. % % reports the current percentage of heating stages or modulating heat turned on. If the node is controlling a heat pump, heat_output_primary reports the current percentage of compressor stages turned on when the node is in the HVAC_HEAT mode. Precision: 3 % % If the node is controlling a heat pump, heat_output_secondary reports the current percentage of auxiliary heating stages turned on when the node is in the HVAC_HEAT or HVAC_EMERG_HEAT mode. If the node is not controlling a heat pump, heat_output_secondary is set to zero Precision: 3 % % reports the current percentage of cooling stages or modulating cool turned on. If the node is controlling a heat pump, cool_output reports the current percentage of compressor stages turned on when the node is in the HVAC_COOL mode. Precision:

217 NVO field Net Data Type Unit Description nvounitstatus_econoutput nvounitstatus_fanoutput lev_percent lev_percent % %, if there is a modulating economizer configured, econ_output reports the percentage that the economizer damper is opened. If no economizer is configured, econ_output reports 0. Precision: 3 % % When the fan is running, fan_output is 100 percent, and when the fan is not running, fan_output is 0 percent. Precision: 3 nvounitstatus_inalarm byte 0 Means there is no alarm. Not 0 Means there is an alarm Precision: 0 nvowshpenable switch % Indicates the status of the local or network input which enables a water source heat pump. Range: 0 to 100 %, Precision: 1 State Value Meaning SW_OFF 0 0 Disable SW_ON % Enable SW_NUL -1 0 Not Configured nvowindow switch % This network output allows the hard wired window sensor to be used by other nodes on the network. Range: 0 to 100 %, Precision: 3 The valid states are described below: nvoacc1aux_value lev_percent State Value Meaning SW_OFF 0 0 Window Closed SW_ON % Window Open SW_NUL -1 0 Window Sensor Not Configured % Auxiliary Digital Output Action 0 range 100, Precision: 1 State Value Meaning Continuous 0 For occupied and Standby only Intermittent 100 For Occupied, Bypass, Unoccupied and standby

218 NVO field Net Data Type Unit Description nvoacc1aux_state count Auxiliary Digital Output Action 0 range 1.00 State Continuous Intermittent Meaning For occupied and Standby only For Occupied, Bypass, Unoccupied and standby nvoacc1efsp VAL-float Effective set point for auxiliary loop 1 Range: -inf to +inf, Precision: 2 nvoacc1in_sensor VAL-float Indicates sensor output used for loop 1 control Range: to Precision: 2 nvoacc1in_setpoint VAL-float It indicates set point of auxiliary loop 1 0 range Precision: 2 nvoacc1in_disable VAL-float Accessory loop Disable It indicates accessory loop status Enable or Disable Range: 0 to 255,Precision: 0 nvoacc1in_occstatus occupancy It indicates the occupancy status for loop 1 State Status -1 Null 0 Occupied 1 Unoccupied 2 Bypass 3 Standby nvoacc1in_reset VAL-float It indicates the setpoint reset value for loop 1 Range: to Precision: 2 nvoacc1mod nvoacc1stg1 levpercent % Aux loop1 modulating output Indicates the modulating output for loop 1 Range: 0 to 100 %, Precision: 3 Indicates the accessory loop stage 1 output Range: 0 to 100 %, Precision: 1 State Value Meaning STATE_OFF 0 0 Stage 1 Off STATE_ON Stage 1 On STATE_NUL -1 0 Stage 1 not configured

219 NVO field Net Data Type Unit Description nvoacc1stg2 nvoacc1stg3 Indicates the accessory loop stage 2 output Range: 0 to 100 %, Precision: 1 State Value Meaning STATE_OFF 0 0 Stage 2 Off STATE_ON Stage 2 On STATE_NUL -1 0 Stage 2 not configured Indicates the accessory loop stage 3 output Range: 0 to 100 %, Precision: 1 nvoacc2aux_state lev_percent State Value Meaning STATE_OFF 0 Stage 3 Off STATE_ON 100 Stage 3 On STATE_NUL -0 Stage 3 not configured % Auxiliary Digital Output Action 0 range 1.00 nvoacc2aux_value count State Value Meaning Continuous 0 For occupied and Standby only Intermittent 1 For Occupied, Bypass, Unoccupied and standby Auxiliary Digital Output Action 0 range 100, Precision: 1 State Value Meaning Continuous 0 For occupied and Standby only Intermittent 100 For Occupied, Bypass, Unoccupied and standby nvoacc2efsp VAL-float Effective set point for auxiliary loop 1 Range: -inf to +inf, Precision: 2 nvoacc2in_sensor VAL-float Indicates sensor output used for loop 1 control Range: to Precision: 2 nvoacc2in_setpoint VAL-float It indicates set point of auxiliary loop 1 0 range Precision: 2 nvoacc2in_disable VAL-float Accessory loop Disable It indicates accessory loop status Enable or Disable Range: 0 to 255,Precision:

220 NVO field Net Data Type Unit Description nvoacc2in_occstatus occupan cy It indicates the occupancy status for loop 1 State Status -1 Null 0 Occupied 1 Unoccupied 2 Bypass 3 Standby nvoacc2in_reset VAL-float It indicates the setpoint reset value for loop 1 Range: to Precision: 2 nvoacc2mod % Aux loop1 modulating output Indicates the modulating output for loop 1 Range: 0 to 100 %, Precision: 3 nvoacc2stg1 Indicates the accessory loop stage 1 output State Value Meaning STATE_OFF 0 0 Stage 1 Off STATE_ON Stage 1 On STATE_NUL -1 0 Stage 1 not configured nvoacc2stg2 Indicates the accessory loop stage 2 output Range: 0 to 100 %, Precision: 1 State Value Meaning STATE_OFF 0 0 Stage 2 Off STATE_ON Stage 2 On STATE_NUL -1 0 Stage 2 not configured nvoacc2stg3 Indicates the accessory loop stage 3 output Range: 0 to 100 %, Precision: 1 State Value Meaning STATE_OFF 0 Stage 3 Off STATE_ON 100 Stage 3 On STATE_NUL -0 Stage 3 not configured

221 APPENDIX C7400S Enthalpy Sylk Bus Sensor Weight: 0.58 lb. (0.265 kg) Listing Agency Approvals: EN , EN ; EN ; EN ; EN Annex H.23 (emissions) Annex H.26 (immunity) CE Mark FOR EU Features Figure 61: C7400S Enthalpy Sylk Bus Sensor The C7400S Sylk Bus sensor is a combination of temperature and humidity sensor, which is intended to be used in commercial roof top units for sensing air. The sensor is powered by and communicates on the Sylk Bus. The C7400S communicates temperature and humidity separately digitally on the Sylk Bus Communication Protocol. Specifications Electrical Supply Voltage: 7 to 21 VDC Power Consumption: 5 ma Output Rating: 75 load switched at 9600 Bd Wiring: Sylk Bus: 2-wire (18 to 22 AWG) The C7400S Enthalpy Sylk Bus Sensor outputs a digital communicating signal on a two-wire Sylkbus communications link, reporting the temperature and humidity separately to the controller. The controller then determines the enthalpy (total heat), enabling economizer modes of operation when outside air enthalpy is suitable for free cooling. The enthalpy boundary curve is programmed via the controller. When the temperature and humidity are determined to be suitable based on the relationship to the boundary, the controller allows outside air for economizing. Sylk Bus Sensor Wiring Use Figure 62 and Table 40 to locate the wiring terminals for each Sylk Bus sensor. Use Figure 62 and Table 41 to set the DIP switches for the desired use of the sensor. Environmental Operating Temperature range: - 40 to 150 F (-40 to 65 C) Storage Temperature range: -40 to 150 F (-40 to 65 C) Shipping Temperature range: -40 to 150 F (-40 to 65 C) Operating Relative Humidity range: 5 % to 95 % RH non condensing Temperature and Humidity, C7400S: Temperature sensing range: -40 to 150 F (-40 to 65 C) Humidity sensing range: 0 to 100 % RH with 5 % accuracy Dimensions Height: 0.8 in. (20.5 mm) Width: 2.17 in. (55 mm) Length: 4.25 in. (108 mm) Figure 62: Sylk Bus sensor DIP switches